fdo-mirrors/xorg-libx11
1
0
Fork 0
mirror of https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11.git synced 2025-12-20 03:30:27 +01:00
Code Issues Projects Releases Packages Wiki Activity Actions

Strip trailing whitespace from source files

Browse source 
Performed with: `git ls-files | xargs perl -i -p -e 's{[ \t]+$}{}'`

`git diff -w` & `git diff -b` show no diffs from this change

Signed-off-by: Alan Coopersmith <alan.coopersmith@oracle.com>
Part-of: <https://gitlab.freedesktop.org/xorg/lib/libx11/-/merge_requests/287>
This commit is contained in:
Alan Coopersmith 2025-08-02 18:38:26 -07:00
parent e003f52661
commit 8b77c86a06
87 changed files with 3486 additions and 3486 deletions
Show stats Download patch file Download diff file Expand all files Collapse all files

4
.gitignore vendored
View file

@ -72,10 +72,10 @@ core
*.tar.bz2 *.tar.bz2
*.tar.gz *.tar.gz
# #
# Add & Override patterns for libX11 # Add & Override patterns for libX11
# #
# Edit the following section as needed # Edit the following section as needed
# For example, !report.pc overrides *.pc. See 'man gitignore' # For example, !report.pc overrides *.pc. See 'man gitignore'
# #
doltcompile doltcompile
doltlibtool doltlibtool

2
man/xkb/Makefile.am
View file

@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ libman_PRE = \
XkbTranslateKeyCode.man \ XkbTranslateKeyCode.man \
XkbTranslateKeySym.man \ XkbTranslateKeySym.man \
XkbUpdateMapFromCore.man \ XkbUpdateMapFromCore.man \
XkbVirtualModsToReal.man XkbVirtualModsToReal.man
libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@) libman_DATA = $(libman_PRE:man=@LIB_MAN_SUFFIX@)

2
modules/im/ximcp/imLcIc.c
View file

@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ Set_Error :
Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources); Xfree(ic->private.local.ic_resources);
ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL; ic->private.local.ic_resources = NULL;
Xfree(ic); Xfree(ic);
return((XIC)NULL); return((XIC)NULL);
} }

14
modules/im/ximcp/imRm.c
View file

@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ _XimDefaultResName(
Xim im = (Xim)ic->core.im; Xim im = (Xim)ic->core.im;
char **out; char **out;
char *string; char *string;
if(im->core.res_name == (char *)NULL) { if(im->core.res_name == (char *)NULL) {
return True; return True;
} }
@ -519,12 +519,12 @@ _XimDefaultResName(
string=strdup(im->core.res_name); string=strdup(im->core.res_name);
if ( string == NULL) if ( string == NULL)
return False; return False;
out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset); out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
Xfree(*out); /* free old im->core.res_name */ Xfree(*out); /* free old im->core.res_name */
*out =string; *out =string;
return True; return True;
} }
@ -547,12 +547,12 @@ _XimDefaultResClass(
string=strdup(im->core.res_class); string=strdup(im->core.res_class);
if (string == NULL) if (string == NULL)
return False; return False;
out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset); out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
Xfree(*out); /* free old im->core.res_class */ Xfree(*out); /* free old im->core.res_class */
*out = string; *out = string;
return True; return True;
} }
@ -836,7 +836,7 @@ _XimEncodeString(
} }
out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset); out = (char **)((char *)top + info->offset);
Xfree(*out); Xfree(*out);
*out = string; *out = string;
return True; return True;

22
modules/im/ximcp/imThaiFlt.c
View file

@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ SOFTWARE.
/* character classification table */ /* character classification table */
#define TACTIS_CHARS 256 #define TACTIS_CHARS 256
static static
char const tactis_chtype[TACTIS_CHARS] = { char const tactis_chtype[TACTIS_CHARS] = {
CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, /* 0 - 7 */ CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, /* 0 - 7 */
CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, /* 8 - 15 */ CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, CTRL, /* 8 - 15 */
@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ char const tactis_chtype[TACTIS_CHARS] = {
#define CH_CLASSES 17 /* 17 classes of chars */ #define CH_CLASSES 17 /* 17 classes of chars */
static static
char const write_rules_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = { char const write_rules_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
/* Table 0: writing/outputting rules */ /* Table 0: writing/outputting rules */
/* row: leading char, column: following char */ /* row: leading char, column: following char */
@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ char const write_rules_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
,{XC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, CP, NC, CP, NC, NC, NC, NC}/*AV3*/ ,{XC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, NC, CP, NC, CP, NC, NC, NC, NC}/*AV3*/
}; };
static static
char const wtt_isc1_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = { char const wtt_isc1_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
/* Table 1: WTT default input sequence check rules */ /* Table 1: WTT default input sequence check rules */
/* row: leading char, column: following char */ /* row: leading char, column: following char */
@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ char const wtt_isc1_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
,{XC, AC, AC, AC, AC, AC, AC, RJ, RJ, RJ, CP, RJ, CP, RJ, RJ, RJ, RJ}/*AV3*/ ,{XC, AC, AC, AC, AC, AC, AC, RJ, RJ, RJ, CP, RJ, CP, RJ, RJ, RJ, RJ}/*AV3*/
}; };
static static
char const wtt_isc2_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = { char const wtt_isc2_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
/* Table 2: WTT strict input sequence check rules */ /* Table 2: WTT strict input sequence check rules */
/* row: leading char, column: following char */ /* row: leading char, column: following char */
@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ char const wtt_isc2_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
,{XC, AC, AC, AC, RJ, RJ, AC, RJ, RJ, RJ, CP, RJ, CP, RJ, RJ, RJ, RJ}/*AV3*/ ,{XC, AC, AC, AC, RJ, RJ, AC, RJ, RJ, RJ, CP, RJ, CP, RJ, RJ, RJ, RJ}/*AV3*/
}; };
static static
char const thaicat_isc_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = { char const thaicat_isc_lookup[CH_CLASSES][CH_CLASSES] = {
/* Table 3: Thaicat input sequence check rules */ /* Table 3: Thaicat input sequence check rules */
/* row: leading char, column: following char */ /* row: leading char, column: following char */
@ -1018,7 +1018,7 @@ ComputeMaskFromKeytrans(
#define FIRST_COMPOSE_KEY_STATE 1 #define FIRST_COMPOSE_KEY_STATE 1
#define SECOND_COMPOSE_KEY_STATE 2 #define SECOND_COMPOSE_KEY_STATE 2
static static
KeySym HexIMNormalKey( KeySym HexIMNormalKey(
XicThaiPart *thai_part, XicThaiPart *thai_part,
KeySym symbol, KeySym symbol,
@ -1034,7 +1034,7 @@ KeySym HexIMNormalKey(
} }
static static
KeySym HexIMFirstComposeKey( KeySym HexIMFirstComposeKey(
XicThaiPart *thai_part, XicThaiPart *thai_part,
KeySym symbol, KeySym symbol,
@ -1057,7 +1057,7 @@ KeySym HexIMFirstComposeKey(
return NoSymbol; return NoSymbol;
} }
static static
KeySym HexIMSecondComposeKey( KeySym HexIMSecondComposeKey(
XicThaiPart *thai_part, XicThaiPart *thai_part,
KeySym symbol, KeySym symbol,
@ -1092,7 +1092,7 @@ KeySym HexIMSecondComposeKey(
* The current implementation of this routine returns ISO Latin Keysyms. * The current implementation of this routine returns ISO Latin Keysyms.
*/ */
static static
KeySym HexIMComposeSequence(KeySym ks1, KeySym ks2) KeySym HexIMComposeSequence(KeySym ks1, KeySym ks2)
{ {
int hi_digit; int hi_digit;
@ -1129,7 +1129,7 @@ int tactis_code;
* 2) whether cancelling key event should be processed or ignored * 2) whether cancelling key event should be processed or ignored
*/ */
static static
int IsCancelComposeKey( int IsCancelComposeKey(
KeySym *symbol, KeySym *symbol,
XKeyEvent *event) XKeyEvent *event)
@ -1161,7 +1161,7 @@ int IsCancelComposeKey(
* set specified keyboard LED on or off * set specified keyboard LED on or off
*/ */
static static
void SetLed( void SetLed(
Display *dpy, Display *dpy,
int num, int num,

2
modules/om/generic/omGeneric.c
View file

@ -1640,7 +1640,7 @@ close_om(
for (count = gen->data_num; count-- > 0; data++) { for (count = gen->data_num; count-- > 0; data++) {
Xfree(data->charset_list); Xfree(data->charset_list);
data->charset_list = NULL; data->charset_list = NULL;
/* free font_data for om */ /* free font_data for om */
free_fontdataOM(data->font_data,data->font_data_count); free_fontdataOM(data->font_data,data->font_data_count);
Xfree(data->font_data); Xfree(data->font_data);

10
nls/C/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for C. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for C.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -17,9 +17,9 @@ fs0 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name STRING encoding_name STRING

12
nls/armscii-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for armscii-8. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for armscii-8.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset ARMSCII-8:GR charset ARMSCII-8:GR
font ARMSCII-8:GR font ARMSCII-8:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ARMSCII-8 encoding_name ARMSCII-8

36
nls/en_US.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8 XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -168,9 +168,9 @@ fs16 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -190,70 +190,70 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-2:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-2:GR
} }
XCOMM cs3 class XCOMM cs3 class
cs3 { cs3 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-3:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-3:GR
} }
XCOMM cs4 class XCOMM cs4 class
cs4 { cs4 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-4:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-4:GR
} }
XCOMM cs5 class XCOMM cs5 class
cs5 { cs5 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-5:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-5:GR
} }
XCOMM cs6 class XCOMM cs6 class
cs6 { cs6 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-7:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-7:GR
} }
XCOMM cs7 class XCOMM cs7 class
cs7 { cs7 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-9:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-9:GR
} }
XCOMM cs8 class XCOMM cs8 class
cs8 { cs8 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-13:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-13:GR
} }
XCOMM cs9 class XCOMM cs9 class
cs9 { cs9 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-14:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-14:GR
} }
XCOMM cs10 class XCOMM cs10 class
cs10 { cs10 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-15:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-15:GR
} }
XCOMM cs11 class XCOMM cs11 class
cs11 { cs11 {
side GR side GR
@ -269,21 +269,21 @@ cs12 {
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\ ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\
KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs13 class XCOMM cs13 class
cs13 { cs13 {
side GR side GR
length 2 length 2
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
} }
XCOMM cs14 class XCOMM cs14 class
cs14 { cs14 {
side GR side GR
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding JISX0201.1976-0:GR ct_encoding JISX0201.1976-0:GR
} }
XCOMM cs15 class XCOMM cs15 class
cs15 { cs15 {
side none side none

12
nls/georgian-academy/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for georgian-academy XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for georgian-academy
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset GEORGIAN-ACADEMY:GR charset GEORGIAN-ACADEMY:GR
font GEORGIAN-ACADEMY:GR font GEORGIAN-ACADEMY:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name GEORGIAN-ACADEMY encoding_name GEORGIAN-ACADEMY

14
nls/georgian-ps/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for georgian-ps XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for georgian-ps
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ fs0 {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
} }
font { font {
primary GEORGIAN-PS:GL primary GEORGIAN-PS:GL
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset GEORGIAN-PS:GR charset GEORGIAN-PS:GR
font GEORGIAN-PS:GR font GEORGIAN-PS:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name GEORGIAN-PS encoding_name GEORGIAN-PS

12
nls/ibm-cp1133/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ibm-cp1133. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ibm-cp1133.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset IBM-CP1133:GR charset IBM-CP1133:GR
font IBM-CP1133:GR font IBM-CP1133:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name IBM-CP1133 encoding_name IBM-CP1133

12
nls/iscii-dev/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset ISCII-DEV:GR charset ISCII-DEV:GR
font ISCII-DEV:GR font ISCII-DEV:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISCII-DEV encoding_name ISCII-DEV

14
nls/isiri-3342/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ fs0 {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
} }
font { font {
primary ISIRI-3342:GL primary ISIRI-3342:GL
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset ISIRI-3342:GR charset ISIRI-3342:GR
font ISIRI-3342:GR font ISIRI-3342:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISIRI-3342 encoding_name ISIRI-3342

14
nls/iso8859-1/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-1. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-1.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GR name ISO8859-1:GR
@ -26,9 +26,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-1 encoding_name ISO8859-1

14
nls/iso8859-10/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-4. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-4.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-10:GR name ISO8859-10:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-10 encoding_name ISO8859-10

14
nls/iso8859-11/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-11. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-11.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-11:GR name ISO8859-11:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-11 encoding_name ISO8859-11

14
nls/iso8859-13/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-13. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-13.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-13:GR name ISO8859-13:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-13 encoding_name ISO8859-13

14
nls/iso8859-14/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-14. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-14.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-14:GR name ISO8859-14:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-14 encoding_name ISO8859-14

16
nls/iso8859-15/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -4,14 +4,14 @@ XCOMM then this file will be renamed iso8859-15.
XCOMM This file is provided as preliminary support for the Latin-9 XCOMM This file is provided as preliminary support for the Latin-9
XCOMM (a.k.a. Latin-0) character set so that Europeans who want XCOMM (a.k.a. Latin-0) character set so that Europeans who want
XCOMM the Euro currency character can do so. XCOMM the Euro currency character can do so.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-15:GR name ISO8859-15:GR
@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-15 encoding_name ISO8859-15

4
nls/iso8859-2/Compose.pre
View file

@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ XCOMM traditional sequences
<dead_circumflex> <a> : "\342" acircumflex <dead_circumflex> <a> : "\342" acircumflex
<dead_circumflex> <i> : "\356" icircumflex <dead_circumflex> <i> : "\356" icircumflex
<dead_circumflex> <o> : "\364" ocircumflex <dead_circumflex> <o> : "\364" ocircumflex
<dead_circumflex> <u> : "\373" ucircumflex <dead_circumflex> <u> : "\373" ucircumflex
<dead_circumflex> <dead_circumflex> : "\136" asciicircum <dead_circumflex> <dead_circumflex> : "\136" asciicircum
<dead_circumflex> <asciicircum> : "\136" asciicircum <dead_circumflex> <asciicircum> : "\136" asciicircum
<dead_circumflex> <space> : "\136" asciicircum <dead_circumflex> <space> : "\136" asciicircum
@ -478,7 +478,7 @@ XCOMM traditional sequences
<dead_ogonek> <a> : "\261" aogonek <dead_ogonek> <a> : "\261" aogonek
<dead_ogonek> <i> : "\347" iogonek <dead_ogonek> <i> : "\347" iogonek
<dead_ogonek> <e> : "\352" eogonek <dead_ogonek> <e> : "\352" eogonek
<dead_ogonek> <u> : "\371" uogonek <dead_ogonek> <u> : "\371" uogonek
<dead_ogonek> <dead_ogonek> : "\662" ogonek <dead_ogonek> <dead_ogonek> : "\662" ogonek
<dead_ogonek> <ogonek> : "\662" ogonek <dead_ogonek> <ogonek> : "\662" ogonek
<dead_ogonek> <space> : "\662" ogonek <dead_ogonek> <space> : "\662" ogonek

14
nls/iso8859-2/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-2. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-2.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-2:GR name ISO8859-2:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-2 encoding_name ISO8859-2

14
nls/iso8859-3/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-3. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-3.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-3:GR name ISO8859-3:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-3 encoding_name ISO8859-3

14
nls/iso8859-4/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-4. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-4.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-4:GR name ISO8859-4:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-4 encoding_name ISO8859-4

14
nls/iso8859-5/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-5. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-5.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-5:GR name ISO8859-5:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-5 encoding_name ISO8859-5

14
nls/iso8859-6/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-6. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-6.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-6:GR name ISO8859-6:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-6 encoding_name ISO8859-6

14
nls/iso8859-7/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-7. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-7.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-7:GR name ISO8859-7:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-7 encoding_name ISO8859-7

14
nls/iso8859-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-8. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-8.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-8:GR name ISO8859-8:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-8 encoding_name ISO8859-8

14
nls/iso8859-9/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-9. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-9.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-9:GR name ISO8859-9:GR
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-9 encoding_name ISO8859-9

14
nls/iso8859-9e/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-9e. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for iso8859-9e.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-9E:GR name ISO8859-9E:GR
@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ISO8859-9E encoding_name ISO8859-9E

12
nls/ja.JIS/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.jis XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.jis
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -49,9 +49,9 @@ XCOMM }
XCOMM } XCOMM }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ja.jis encoding_name ja.jis

12
nls/ja.SJIS/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.sjis XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.sjis
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -50,9 +50,9 @@ XCOMM }
XCOMM } XCOMM }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ja.sjis encoding_name ja.sjis

12
nls/ja/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.euc XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ja_JP.euc
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ XCOMM }
XCOMM } XCOMM }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ja.euc encoding_name ja.euc

14
nls/ja_JP.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -87,9 +87,9 @@ fs6 {
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -125,14 +125,14 @@ cs3 {
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR; KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR; KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs4 class XCOMM cs4 class
cs4 { cs4 {
side GR side GR
length 2 length 2
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
} }
XCOMM cs5 class XCOMM cs5 class
cs5 { cs5 {
side GR side GR

12
nls/ko/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ko. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for ko.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name KSC5601.1987-0:GL name KSC5601.1987-0:GL
@ -27,9 +27,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name ko.euc encoding_name ko.euc

14
nls/ko_KR.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -85,9 +85,9 @@ fs6 {
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ cs2 {
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR; KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR; KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs3 class XCOMM cs3 class
cs3 { cs3 {
side GR side GR
@ -123,14 +123,14 @@ cs3 {
ct_encoding JISX0208.1983-0:GL; JISX0208.1983-0:GR; JISX0208.1983-1:GL; JISX0208.1983-1:GR ct_encoding JISX0208.1983-0:GL; JISX0208.1983-0:GR; JISX0208.1983-1:GL; JISX0208.1983-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs4 class XCOMM cs4 class
cs4 { cs4 {
side GR side GR
length 2 length 2
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
} }
XCOMM cs5 class XCOMM cs5 class
cs5 { cs5 {
side GR side GR

12
nls/koi8-c/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-c. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-c.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset KOI8-C:GR charset KOI8-C:GR
font KOI8-C:GR font KOI8-C:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name KOI8-C encoding_name KOI8-C

14
nls/koi8-r/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-r. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-r.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset KOI8-R:GR charset KOI8-R:GR
font KOI8-R:GR font KOI8-R:GR
@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name KOI8-R encoding_name KOI8-R

12
nls/koi8-u/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-u. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for koi8-u.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset KOI8-U:GR charset KOI8-U:GR
font KOI8-U:GR font KOI8-U:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name KOI8-U encoding_name KOI8-U

2
nls/locale.alias.pre
View file

@ -1207,7 +1207,7 @@ thai: th_TH.ISO8859-11
univ.utf8: en_US.UTF-8 univ.utf8: en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM Digital Unix utf XCOMM Digital Unix utf
universal.utf8@ucs4: en_US.UTF-8 universal.utf8@ucs4: en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM Solaris and SunOS have iso_8859_1 and iso_8859_15 LC_CTYPES XCOMM Solaris and SunOS have iso_8859_1 and iso_8859_15 LC_CTYPES
XCOMM to augment LANG=C XCOMM to augment LANG=C
iso_8859_1: en_US.ISO8859-1 iso_8859_1: en_US.ISO8859-1
iso_8859_15: en_US.ISO8859-15 iso_8859_15: en_US.ISO8859-15

14
nls/microsoft-cp1251/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1251. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1251.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name MICROSOFT-CP1251:GR name MICROSOFT-CP1251:GR
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1251 encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1251

14
nls/microsoft-cp1255/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1255. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1255.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name MICROSOFT-CP1255:GR name MICROSOFT-CP1255:GR
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1255 encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1255

14
nls/microsoft-cp1256/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1256. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for microsoft-cp1256.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name MICROSOFT-CP1256:GR name MICROSOFT-CP1256:GR
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1256 encoding_name MICROSOFT-CP1256

12
nls/mulelao-1/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset MULELAO-1:GR charset MULELAO-1:GR
font MULELAO-1:GR font MULELAO-1:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name MULELAO-1 encoding_name MULELAO-1

14
nls/nokhchi-1/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -11,11 +11,11 @@ fs0 {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
} }
font { font {
primary NOKHCHI-1:GL primary NOKHCHI-1:GL
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset NOKHCHI-1:GR charset NOKHCHI-1:GR
font NOKHCHI-1:GR font NOKHCHI-1:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name NOKHCHI-1 encoding_name NOKHCHI-1

16
nls/pt_BR.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for pt_BR.UTF-8 XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for pt_BR.UTF-8
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM Based on XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8 XCOMM Based on XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ fs6 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side GR side GR
@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ cs3 {
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\ ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\
KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs4 class XCOMM cs4 class
cs4 { cs4 {
side GR side GR
length 2 length 2
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
} }
XCOMM cs5 class XCOMM cs5 class
cs5 { cs5 {
side GR side GR

16
nls/pt_PT.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for pt_PT.UTF-8 XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for pt_PT.UTF-8
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM Based on XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8 XCOMM Based on XLocale Database Sample for en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ fs6 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side GR side GR
@ -118,14 +118,14 @@ cs3 {
ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\ ct_encoding KSC5601.1987-0:GL; KSC5601.1987-0:GR;\
KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR KSC5601.1987-1:GL; KSC5601.1987-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs4 class XCOMM cs4 class
cs4 { cs4 {
side GR side GR
length 2 length 2
ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR ct_encoding GB2312.1980-0:GL; GB2312.1980-0:GR
} }
XCOMM cs5 class XCOMM cs5 class
cs5 { cs5 {
side GR side GR

14
nls/tatar-cyr/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for tatar-cyr. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for tatar-cyr.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
charset { charset {
name ISO8859-1:GL name ISO8859-1:GL
@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ fs0 {
vertical_rotate all vertical_rotate all
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset { charset {
name TATAR-CYR:GR name TATAR-CYR:GR
@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name TATAR-CYR encoding_name TATAR-CYR

10
nls/th_TH.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM Modified from original th_TH.TACTIS XCOMM Modified from original th_TH.TACTIS
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class XCOMM fs0 class
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -23,16 +23,16 @@ fs1 {
charset ISO8859-1:GL charset ISO8859-1:GL
font ISO8859-1:GL font ISO8859-1:GL
} }
XCOMM fs1 class (Thai) XCOMM fs1 class (Thai)
fs2 { fs2 {
charset ISO8859-11:GR charset ISO8859-11:GR
font ISO8859-11:GR font ISO8859-11:GR
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8

10
nls/th_TH/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -3,25 +3,25 @@ XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM Modified from original th_TH.TACTIS XCOMM Modified from original th_TH.TACTIS
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
charset ISO8859-1:GL charset ISO8859-1:GL
font ISO8859-1:GL font ISO8859-1:GL
} }
XCOMM fs1 class (Thai) XCOMM fs1 class (Thai)
fs1 { fs1 {
charset ISO8859-11:GR charset ISO8859-11:GR
font ISO8859-11:GR font ISO8859-11:GR
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name TIS620 encoding_name TIS620

12
nls/tscii-0/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1. XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for mulelao-1.
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset TSCII-0:GR charset TSCII-0:GR
font TSCII-0:GR font TSCII-0:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name TSCII-0 encoding_name TSCII-0

12
nls/vi_VN.tcvn/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for vi_VN.TCVN XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for vi_VN.TCVN
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset TCVN-5712:GR charset TCVN-5712:GR
font TCVN-5712:GR font TCVN-5712:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name TCVN-5712 encoding_name TCVN-5712

12
nls/vi_VN.viscii/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for vi_VN.VISCII XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for vi_VN.VISCII
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ fs0 {
substitute ISO8859-1:GL substitute ISO8859-1:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs1 class XCOMM fs1 class
fs1 { fs1 {
charset VISCII1.1-1:GR charset VISCII1.1-1:GR
font VISCII1.1-1:GR font VISCII1.1-1:GR
@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ csd0 {
} }
END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE END XLC_CHARSET_DEFINE
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name VISCII1.1-1 encoding_name VISCII1.1-1

10
nls/zh_CN.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn> XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn>
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ fs4 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side GR side GR

10
nls/zh_CN.gb18030/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ XCOMM XFree86 NLS for Chinese encoding GB18030
XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8 XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn> XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn>
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ fs4 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name GB18030 encoding_name GB18030
@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side GR side GR

12
nls/zh_CN.gbk/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,12 +1,12 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM X11R6 L10N for Chinese GBK Encoding. XCOMM X11R6 L10N for Chinese GBK Encoding.
XCOMM modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/zh_TW.Big5 XCOMM modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/zh_TW.Big5
XCOMM by Sean Chen <seanc@turbolinux.com> XCOMM by Sean Chen <seanc@turbolinux.com>
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name zh_CN.GBK encoding_name zh_CN.GBK

10
nls/zh_HK.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -2,9 +2,9 @@ XCOMM XFree86 NLS for Chinese locale zh_HK.UTF-8
XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8 XCOMM Modified from xc/nls/XLC_LOCALE/en_US.UTF-8
XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn> XCOMM by James Su <suzhe@turbolinux.com.cn>
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -56,9 +56,9 @@ fs3 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side none side none

12
nls/zh_HK.big5/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,11 +1,11 @@
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM (c) 1996, X11R6 L10N for Taiwan and Big5 Encoding Project XCOMM (c) 1996, X11R6 L10N for Taiwan and Big5 Encoding Project
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM modified for X11R6.3 by Hung-Chi Chu <hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw> 1998/01/10 XCOMM modified for X11R6.3 by Hung-Chi Chu <hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw> 1998/01/10
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ fs1 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name zh_HK.Big5 encoding_name zh_HK.Big5

2
nls/zh_HK.big5hkscs/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -2,7 +2,7 @@ XCOMM
XCOMM (c) 1996, X11R6 L10N for Taiwan and Big5 Encoding Project XCOMM (c) 1996, X11R6 L10N for Taiwan and Big5 Encoding Project
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM modified for X11R6.3 by Hung-Chi Chu <hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw> 1998/01/10 XCOMM modified for X11R6.3 by Hung-Chi Chu <hcchu@r350.ee.ntu.edu.tw> 1998/01/10
XCOMM modified for Big5HKSCS by Roger So <roger.so@sw-linux.com> XCOMM modified for Big5HKSCS by Roger So <roger.so@sw-linux.com>
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category

12
nls/zh_TW.UTF-8/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,9 +1,9 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for zh_TW.UTF-8 XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for zh_TW.UTF-8
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
on_demand_loading True on_demand_loading True
@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ fs3 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name UTF-8 encoding_name UTF-8
@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ cs1 {
length 1 length 1
ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR ct_encoding ISO8859-1:GR
} }
XCOMM cs2 class XCOMM cs2 class
cs2 { cs2 {
side none side none

16
nls/zh_TW/XLC_LOCALE.pre
View file

@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for zh_TW XCOMM XLocale Database Sample for zh_TW
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM Note: In lib/X11/lcCT.c, charset names for CNS11643 coded character XCOMM Note: In lib/X11/lcCT.c, charset names for CNS11643 coded character
XCOMM sets are defined as CNS11643.1986-1 and -2. In the ECMA Registry, XCOMM sets are defined as CNS11643.1986-1 and -2. In the ECMA Registry,
XCOMM CNS coded character sets 1-7 are registered as CNS 11643-1992. XCOMM CNS coded character sets 1-7 are registered as CNS 11643-1992.
@ -10,9 +10,9 @@ XCOMM X11R6 organization of fsN/csN as it is and only changed "CNS11643-*"
XCOMM to "CNS11643.1986-*". XCOMM to "CNS11643.1986-*".
XCOMM 1995-10-24 T. Numata (numa@rp.open.cs.fujitsu.co.jp) XCOMM 1995-10-24 T. Numata (numa@rp.open.cs.fujitsu.co.jp)
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category XCOMM XLC_FONTSET category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_FONTSET XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII) XCOMM fs0 class (7 bit ASCII)
fs0 { fs0 {
@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ fs2 {
primary CNS11643.1986-2:GL primary CNS11643.1986-2:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs3 class XCOMM fs3 class
fs3 { fs3 {
charset { charset {
name CNS11643.1986-14:GL name CNS11643.1986-14:GL
@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ fs3 {
primary CNS11643.1986-14:GL primary CNS11643.1986-14:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs4 class XCOMM fs4 class
fs4 { fs4 {
charset { charset {
name CNS11643.1986-15:GL name CNS11643.1986-15:GL
@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ fs4 {
primary CNS11643.1986-15:GL primary CNS11643.1986-15:GL
} }
} }
XCOMM fs5 class XCOMM fs5 class
fs5 { fs5 {
charset { charset {
name CNS11643.1986-16:GL name CNS11643.1986-16:GL
@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ fs5 {
} }
END XLC_FONTSET END XLC_FONTSET
XCOMM XCOMM
XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category XCOMM XLC_XLOCALE category
XCOMM XCOMM
XLC_XLOCALE XLC_XLOCALE
encoding_name zh_TW.euc encoding_name zh_TW.euc

2
specs/i18n/trans/trans.xml
View file

@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ which makes various channels usable such as X protocol or TCP/IP, DECnet and etc
<legalnotice> <legalnotice>
<para> <para>
Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose Permission to use, copy, modify, and distribute this documentation for any purpose
and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and and without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above copyright notice and
this permission notice appear in all copies. this permission notice appear in all copies.
Fujitsu makes no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the Fujitsu makes no representations about the suitability for any purpose of the

468
specs/libX11/AppC.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

204
specs/libX11/AppD.xml
View file

@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
<appendix id="compatibility_functions"> <appendix id="compatibility_functions">
<title>Compatibility Functions</title> <title>Compatibility Functions</title>
<para> <para>
The X Version 11 and X Version 10 functions discussed in this appendix The X Version 11 and X Version 10 functions discussed in this appendix
are obsolete, have been superseded by newer X Version 11 functions, are obsolete, have been superseded by newer X Version 11 functions,
and are maintained for compatibility reasons only. and are maintained for compatibility reasons only.
</para> </para>
@ -15,19 +15,19 @@ You can use the X Version 11 compatibility functions to:
<itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Set standard properties Set standard properties
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Set and get window sizing hints Set and get window sizing hints
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Set and get an Set and get an
<structname>XStandardColormap</structname> <structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
structure structure
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ use
<xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
This function has been superseded by This function has been superseded by
<xref linkend='XSetWMProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetWMProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and sets all or portions of the and sets all or portions of the
<property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>, <property>WM_NAME</property>, <property>WM_ICON_NAME</property>, <property>WM_HINTS</property>, <property>WM_COMMAND</property>,
and <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> properties. and <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property> properties.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardProperties</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSetStandardProperties</primary></indexterm>
@ -163,8 +163,8 @@ The
function provides a means by which simple applications set the function provides a means by which simple applications set the
most essential properties with a single call. most essential properties with a single call.
<xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
should be used to give a window manager some information about should be used to give a window manager some information about
your program's preferences. your program's preferences.
It should not be used by applications that need It should not be used by applications that need
to communicate more information than is possible with to communicate more information than is possible with
<xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XSetStandardProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -256,20 +256,20 @@ Applications use
<xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
to inform the window manager of the size to inform the window manager of the size
or position desirable for that window. or position desirable for that window.
In addition, In addition,
an application that wants to move or resize itself should call an application that wants to move or resize itself should call
<xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and specify its new desired location and size and specify its new desired location and size
as well as making direct Xlib calls to move or resize. as well as making direct Xlib calls to move or resize.
This is because window managers may ignore redirected This is because window managers may ignore redirected
configure requests, but they pay attention to property changes. configure requests, but they pay attention to property changes.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
To set size hints, To set size hints,
an application not only must assign values to the appropriate members an application not only must assign values to the appropriate members
in the hints structure but also must set the flags member of the structure in the hints structure but also must set the flags member of the structure
to indicate which information is present and where it came from. to indicate which information is present and where it came from.
A call to A call to
<xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetNormalHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
is meaningless, unless the flags member is set to indicate which members of is meaningless, unless the flags member is set to indicate which members of
@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ or zero otherwise.
<xref linkend='XGetSizeHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetSizeHints' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
can generate can generate
<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> <errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
and and
<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> <errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
errors. errors.
</para> </para>
@ -673,7 +673,7 @@ errors.
<sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_an_XStandardColormap_Structure"> <sect2 id="Getting_and_Setting_an_XStandardColormap_Structure">
<title>Getting and Setting an XStandardColormap Structure</title> <title>Getting and Setting an XStandardColormap Structure</title>
<para> <para>
To get the To get the
<structname>XStandardColormap</structname> <structname>XStandardColormap</structname>
structure associated with one of the described atoms, use structure associated with one of the described atoms, use
<xref linkend='XGetStandardColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetStandardColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -849,7 +849,7 @@ errors.
<sect2 id="Parsing_Window_Geometry"> <sect2 id="Parsing_Window_Geometry">
<title>Parsing Window Geometry</title> <title>Parsing Window Geometry</title>
<para> <para>
To parse window geometry given a user-specified position To parse window geometry given a user-specified position
and a default position, use and a default position, use
<xref linkend='XGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
This function has been superseded by This function has been superseded by
@ -1032,9 +1032,9 @@ a window using a geometry specification as specified by
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and the additional information about the window. and the additional information about the window.
Given a fully qualified default geometry specification and Given a fully qualified default geometry specification and
an incomplete geometry specification, an incomplete geometry specification,
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns a bitmask value as defined above in the returns a bitmask value as defined above in the
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
call, call,
by using the position argument. by using the position argument.
@ -1055,7 +1055,7 @@ geometry specifications.
<para> <para>
The The
<xref linkend='XGetDefault' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetDefault' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function provides a primitive interface to the resource manager facilities function provides a primitive interface to the resource manager facilities
discussed in <link linkend='Resource_Manager_Functions'>chapter 15</link>. discussed in <link linkend='Resource_Manager_Functions'>chapter 15</link>.
It is only useful in very simple applications. It is only useful in very simple applications.
</para> </para>
@ -1089,7 +1089,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the program name for the Xlib defaults (usually argv[0] Specifies the program name for the Xlib defaults (usually argv[0]
of the main program). of the main program).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1125,11 +1125,11 @@ are owned by Xlib and should not be modified or freed by the client.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If a database has been set with If a database has been set with
<xref linkend='XrmSetDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XrmSetDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
that database is used for the lookup. that database is used for the lookup.
Otherwise, a database is created Otherwise, a database is created
and is set in the display (as if by calling and is set in the display (as if by calling
<xref linkend='XrmSetDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>). <xref linkend='XrmSetDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
The database is created in the current locale. The database is created in the current locale.
To create a database, To create a database,
@ -1179,11 +1179,11 @@ Associate user data with a value
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw or fill Xlib provides functions that you can use to draw or fill
arbitrary polygons or curves. arbitrary polygons or curves.
These functions are provided mainly for compatibility with X Version 10 These functions are provided mainly for compatibility with X Version 10
and have no server support. and have no server support.
That is, they call other Xlib functions, not the server directly. That is, they call other Xlib functions, not the server directly.
Thus, if you just have straight lines to draw, using Thus, if you just have straight lines to draw, using
<xref linkend='XDrawLines' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDrawLines' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
<indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>XDrawLines</primary></indexterm>
or or
@ -1193,8 +1193,8 @@ is much faster.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the The functions discussed here provide all the functionality of the
X Version 10 functions X Version 10 functions
<xref linkend='XDraw' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDraw' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
<xref linkend='XDrawFilled' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawFilled' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
@ -1206,35 +1206,35 @@ X Version 10 functions
and and
<function>XDrawTiled</function>. <function>XDrawTiled</function>.
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing They are as compatible as possible given X Version 11's new line-drawing
functions. functions.
One thing to note, however, is that One thing to note, however, is that
<function>VertexDrawLastPoint</function> <function>VertexDrawLastPoint</function>
is no longer supported. is no longer supported.
Also, the error status returned is the opposite of what it was under Also, the error status returned is the opposite of what it was under
X Version 10 (this is the X Version 11 standard error status). X Version 10 (this is the X Version 11 standard error status).
<function>XAppendVertex</function> <function>XAppendVertex</function>
and and
<function>XClearVertexFlag</function> <function>XClearVertexFlag</function>
from X Version 10 also are not supported. from X Version 10 also are not supported.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Just how the graphics context you use is set up actually Just how the graphics context you use is set up actually
determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on. determines whether you get dashes or not, and so on.
Lines are properly joined if they connect and include Lines are properly joined if they connect and include
the closing of a closed figure (see the closing of a closed figure (see
<xref linkend='XDrawLines' xrefstyle='select: title'/>). <xref linkend='XDrawLines' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
The functions discussed here fail (return zero) only if they run out of memory The functions discussed here fail (return zero) only if they run out of memory
or are passed a or are passed a
<structname>Vertex</structname> <structname>Vertex</structname>
list that has a list that has a
<structname>Vertex</structname> <structname>Vertex</structname>
with with
<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol> <symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>
set that is not followed by a set that is not followed by a
<structname>Vertex</structname> <structname>Vertex</structname>
with with
<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol> <symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>
set. set.
</para> </para>
@ -1246,7 +1246,7 @@ To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDraw</secondary></indexterm>
<function>XDrawDashed</function>, <function>XDrawDashed</function>,
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawDashed</secondary></indexterm>
and and
<function>XDrawPatterned</function>, <function>XDrawPatterned</function>,
<indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm ><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawPatterned</secondary></indexterm>
use use
@ -1285,7 +1285,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the drawable. Specifies the drawable.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1325,7 +1325,7 @@ Specifies how many vertices are in vlist.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XDraw' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDraw' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function draws an arbitrary polygon or curve. function draws an arbitrary polygon or curve.
The figure drawn is defined by the specified list of vertices (vlist). The figure drawn is defined by the specified list of vertices (vlist).
The points are connected by lines as specified in the flags in the The points are connected by lines as specified in the flags in the
vertex structure. vertex structure.
@ -1345,17 +1345,17 @@ typedef struct _Vertex {
unsigned short flags; unsigned short flags;
} Vertex; } Vertex;
</synopsis> </synopsis>
The x and y members are the coordinates of the vertex The x and y members are the coordinates of the vertex
that are relative to either the upper left inside corner of the drawable that are relative to either the upper left inside corner of the drawable
(if (if
<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol> <symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
is zero) or the previous vertex (if is zero) or the previous vertex (if
<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol> <symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
is one). is one).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The flags, as defined in The flags, as defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename>, <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename>,
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X10.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X10.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
@ -1379,10 +1379,10 @@ VertexEndClosed 0x0010 /* else not */
<itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If If
<symbol>VertexRelative</symbol> <symbol>VertexRelative</symbol>
is not set, is not set,
the coordinates are absolute (that is, relative to the drawable's origin). the coordinates are absolute (that is, relative to the drawable's origin).
The first vertex must be an absolute vertex. The first vertex must be an absolute vertex.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1390,50 +1390,50 @@ The first vertex must be an absolute vertex.
<para> <para>
If If
<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol> <symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>
is one, is one,
no line or curve is drawn from the previous vertex to this one. no line or curve is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.
This is analogous to picking up the pen and moving to another place This is analogous to picking up the pen and moving to another place
before drawing another line. before drawing another line.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If If
<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol> <symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
is one, is one,
a spline algorithm is used to draw a smooth curve from the previous vertex a spline algorithm is used to draw a smooth curve from the previous vertex
through this one to the next vertex. through this one to the next vertex.
Otherwise, a straight line is drawn from the previous vertex to this one. Otherwise, a straight line is drawn from the previous vertex to this one.
It makes sense to set It makes sense to set
<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol> <symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
to one only if a previous and next vertex are both defined to one only if a previous and next vertex are both defined
(either explicitly in the array or through the definition of a closed (either explicitly in the array or through the definition of a closed
curve). curve).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It is permissible for It is permissible for
<symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol> <symbol>VertexDontDraw</symbol>
bits and bits and
<symbol>VertexCurved</symbol> <symbol>VertexCurved</symbol>
bits both to be one. bits both to be one.
This is useful if you want to define the previous point for the smooth curve This is useful if you want to define the previous point for the smooth curve
but do not want an actual curve drawing to start until this point. but do not want an actual curve drawing to start until this point.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If If
<symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol> <symbol>VertexStartClosed</symbol>
is one, is one,
then this point marks the beginning of a closed curve. then this point marks the beginning of a closed curve.
This vertex must be followed later in the array by another vertex This vertex must be followed later in the array by another vertex
whose effective coordinates are identical whose effective coordinates are identical
and that has a and that has a
<symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol> <symbol>VertexEndClosed</symbol>
bit of one. bit of one.
The points in between form a cycle to determine predecessor The points in between form a cycle to determine predecessor
and successor vertices for the spline algorithm. and successor vertices for the spline algorithm.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ This function uses these GC components:
function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style, function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,
fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and
clip-mask. clip-mask.
It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
foreground, background, tile, stipple, foreground, background, tile, stipple,
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list. tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
</para> </para>
@ -1455,7 +1455,7 @@ tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, dash-offset, and dash-list.
To achieve the effects of the X Version 10 To achieve the effects of the X Version 10
<function>XDrawTiled</function> <function>XDrawTiled</function>
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawTiled</secondary></indexterm>
and and
<xref linkend='XDrawFilled' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawFilled' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>X10 compatibility</primary><secondary>XDrawFilled</secondary></indexterm>
use use
@ -1492,7 +1492,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the drawable. Specifies the drawable.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1541,9 +1541,9 @@ This function uses these GC components:
function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style, function, plane-mask, line-width, line-style, cap-style, join-style,
fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and fill-style, subwindow-mode, clip-x-origin, clip-y-origin, and
clip-mask. clip-mask.
It also uses these GC mode-dependent components: It also uses these GC mode-dependent components:
foreground, background, tile, stipple, foreground, background, tile, stipple,
tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin, tile-stipple-x-origin, tile-stipple-y-origin,
dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule. dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule.
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ dash-offset, dash-list, fill-style, and fill-rule.
These functions have been superseded by the context management functions These functions have been superseded by the context management functions
(see <link linkend="Using_the_Context_Manager">section 16.10</link>). (see <link linkend="Using_the_Context_Manager">section 16.10</link>).
It is often necessary to associate arbitrary information with resource IDs. It is often necessary to associate arbitrary information with resource IDs.
Xlib provides the Xlib provides the
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
functions that you can use to make such an association. functions that you can use to make such an association.
<indexterm><primary>Hash Lookup</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Hash Lookup</primary></indexterm>
@ -1562,7 +1562,7 @@ functions that you can use to make such an association.
<indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Resource IDs</primary></indexterm>
Application programs often need to be able to easily refer to Application programs often need to be able to easily refer to
their own data structures when an event arrives. their own data structures when an event arrives.
The The
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
system provides users of the X library with a method system provides users of the X library with a method
for associating their own data structures with X resources for associating their own data structures with X resources
@ -1573,12 +1573,12 @@ and so on).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
An An
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
can be used to type X resources. can be used to type X resources.
For example, the user For example, the user
may want to have three or four types of windows, may want to have three or four types of windows,
each with different properties. each with different properties.
This can be accomplished by associating each X window ID This can be accomplished by associating each X window ID
with a pointer to a window property data structure defined by the with a pointer to a window property data structure defined by the
user. user.
@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ All XIDs are relative to the specified display.
Because of the hashing scheme used by the association mechanism, Because of the hashing scheme used by the association mechanism,
the following rules for determining the size of a the following rules for determining the size of a
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
should be followed. should be followed.
Associations will be made and looked up more Associations will be made and looked up more
efficiently if the table size (number of buckets in the hashing efficiently if the table size (number of buckets in the hashing
system) is a power of two and if there are not more than 8 XIDs per system) is a power of two and if there are not more than 8 XIDs per
@ -1615,7 +1615,7 @@ bucket.
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return a pointer to a new To return a pointer to a new
<function>XAssocTable</function>, <function>XAssocTable</function>,
use use
<xref linkend='XCreateAssocTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XCreateAssocTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCreateAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM --> <!-- .sM -->
@ -1644,7 +1644,7 @@ Specifies the number of buckets in the hash system of
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the The size argument specifies the number of buckets in the
hash system of hash system of
<function>XAssocTable</function>. <function>XAssocTable</function>.
For reasons of efficiency the number of buckets For reasons of efficiency the number of buckets
@ -1653,15 +1653,15 @@ Some size suggestions might be: use 32 buckets per 100 objects,
and a reasonable maximum number of objects per buckets is 8. and a reasonable maximum number of objects per buckets is 8.
If an error allocating memory for the If an error allocating memory for the
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
occurs, occurs,
a NULL pointer is returned. a NULL pointer is returned.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To create an entry in a given To create an entry in a given
<function>XAssocTable</function>, <function>XAssocTable</function>,
use use
<xref linkend='XMakeAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XMakeAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMakeAssoc</primary></indexterm>
<!-- .sM --> <!-- .sM -->
@ -1693,7 +1693,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the assoc table. Specifies the assoc table.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1723,20 +1723,20 @@ Specifies the data to be associated with the X resource ID.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XMakeAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XMakeAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function inserts data into an function inserts data into an
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
keyed on an XID. keyed on an XID.
Data is inserted into the table only once. Data is inserted into the table only once.
Redundant inserts are ignored. Redundant inserts are ignored.
The queue in each association bucket is sorted from the lowest XID to The queue in each association bucket is sorted from the lowest XID to
the highest XID. the highest XID.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain data from a given To obtain data from a given
<function>XAssocTable</function>, <function>XAssocTable</function>,
use use
<xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XLookUpAssoc</primary></indexterm>
@ -1767,7 +1767,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the assoc table. Specifies the assoc table.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1787,9 +1787,9 @@ Specifies the X resource ID.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function retrieves the data stored in an function retrieves the data stored in an
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
by its XID. by its XID.
If an appropriately matching XID can be found in the table, If an appropriately matching XID can be found in the table,
<xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XLookUpAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the data associated with it. returns the data associated with it.
@ -1799,9 +1799,9 @@ it returns NULL.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To delete an entry from a given To delete an entry from a given
<function>XAssocTable</function>, <function>XAssocTable</function>,
use use
<xref linkend='XDeleteAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XDeleteAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDeleteAssoc</primary></indexterm>
@ -1832,7 +1832,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the assoc table. Specifies the assoc table.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1852,7 +1852,7 @@ Specifies the X resource ID.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XDeleteAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDeleteAssoc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function deletes an association in an function deletes an association in an
<function>XAssocTable</function> <function>XAssocTable</function>
keyed on its XID. keyed on its XID.
Redundant deletes (and deletes of nonexistent XIDs) are ignored. Redundant deletes (and deletes of nonexistent XIDs) are ignored.
@ -1862,9 +1862,9 @@ Deleting associations in no way impairs the performance of an
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To free the memory associated with a given To free the memory associated with a given
<function>XAssocTable</function>, <function>XAssocTable</function>,
use use
<xref linkend='XDestroyAssocTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XDestroyAssocTable' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDestroyAssocTable</primary></indexterm>
@ -1883,7 +1883,7 @@ use
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the assoc table. Specifies the assoc table.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>

172
specs/libX11/CH02.xml
View file

@ -81,8 +81,8 @@ To open a connection to the X server that controls a display, use
<para> <para>
Specifies the hardware display name, which determines the display Specifies the hardware display name, which determines the display
and communications domain to be used. and communications domain to be used.
On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL, On a <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant system, if the display_name is NULL,
it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable. it defaults to the value of the DISPLAY environment variable.
<indexterm><primary>Environment</primary><secondary>DISPLAY</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Environment</primary><secondary>DISPLAY</secondary></indexterm>
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -112,9 +112,9 @@ the display name or DISPLAY environment variable can be a string in the format:
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies a protocol family or an alias for a protocol family. Supported Specifies a protocol family or an alias for a protocol family. Supported
protocol families are implementation dependent. The protocol entry is protocol families are implementation dependent. The protocol entry is
optional. If protocol is not specified, the / separating protocol and optional. If protocol is not specified, the / separating protocol and
hostname must also not be specified. hostname must also not be specified.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -154,9 +154,9 @@ Multiple displays are usually numbered starting with zero.
Specifies the screen to be used on that server. Specifies the screen to be used on that server.
Multiple screens can be controlled by a single X server. Multiple screens can be controlled by a single X server.
The screen_number sets an internal variable that can be accessed by The screen_number sets an internal variable that can be accessed by
using the using the
<function>DefaultScreen</function> <function>DefaultScreen</function>
macro or the macro or the
<xref linkend='XDefaultScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDefaultScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function if you are using languages other than C function if you are using languages other than C
(see <link linkend='Display_Macros'>section 2.2.1</link>). (see <link linkend='Display_Macros'>section 2.2.1</link>).
@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ function if you are using languages other than C
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
For example, the following would specify screen 1 of display 0 on the For example, the following would specify screen 1 of display 0 on the
machine named ``dual-headed'': machine named ``dual-headed'':
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ dual-headed:0.1
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The The
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns a function returns a
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure that serves as the structure that serves as the
connection to the X server and that contains all the information connection to the X server and that contains all the information
@ -212,24 +212,24 @@ mechanisms.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm><primary>Display</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Display</primary></indexterm>
If successful, If successful,
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns a pointer to a returns a pointer to a
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure, structure,
which is defined in which is defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>. <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
If If
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
does not succeed, it returns NULL. does not succeed, it returns NULL.
After a successful call to After a successful call to
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
all of the screens in the display can be used by the client. all of the screens in the display can be used by the client.
The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned The screen number specified in the display_name argument is returned
by the by the
<function>DefaultScreen</function> <function>DefaultScreen</function>
macro (or the macro (or the
<xref linkend='XDefaultScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDefaultScreen' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ You can access elements of the
and and
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structures only by using the information macros or functions. structures only by using the information macros or functions.
For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from For information about using macros and functions to obtain information from
the the
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure, structure,
@ -258,11 +258,11 @@ X servers may implement various types of access control mechanisms
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The Xlib library provides a number of useful macros The Xlib library provides a number of useful macros
and corresponding functions that return data from the and corresponding functions that return data from the
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure. structure.
The macros are used for C programming, The macros are used for C programming,
and their corresponding function equivalents are for other language bindings. and their corresponding function equivalents are for other language bindings.
This section discusses the: This section discusses the:
</para> </para>
@ -286,11 +286,11 @@ Screen information macros
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm ><primary>Display</primary><secondary>data structure</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm ><primary>Display</primary><secondary>data structure</secondary></indexterm>
All other members of the All other members of the
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure (that is, those for which no macros are defined) are private to Xlib structure (that is, those for which no macros are defined) are private to Xlib
and must not be used. and must not be used.
Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the Applications must never directly modify or inspect these private members of the
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure. structure.
<!-- .NT Note --> <!-- .NT Note -->
@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ The
and and
<xref linkend='XDisplayHeightMM' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDisplayHeightMM' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
functions in the next sections are misnamed. functions in the next sections are misnamed.
These functions really should be named Screen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> These functions really should be named Screen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>
and XScreen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>, not Display<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> or XDisplay<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>. and XScreen<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>, not Display<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis> or XDisplay<emphasis remap='I'>whatever</emphasis>.
Our apologies for the resulting confusion. Our apologies for the resulting confusion.
<!-- .NE --> <!-- .NE -->
@ -351,14 +351,14 @@ a procedure.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixel</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XBlackPixel</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixel</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>WhitePixel</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixel</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XWhitePixel</primary></indexterm>
Both Both
<function>BlackPixel</function> <function>BlackPixel</function>
and and
<function>WhitePixel</function> <function>WhitePixel</function>
can be used in implementing a monochrome application. can be used in implementing a monochrome application.
These pixel values are for permanently allocated entries in the default These pixel values are for permanently allocated entries in the default
colormap. colormap.
The actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values are settable on some screens The actual <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values are settable on some screens
and, in any case, may not actually be black or white. and, in any case, may not actually be black or white.
The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors. The names are intended to convey the expected relative intensity of the colors.
<!-- .sM --> <!-- .sM -->
@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen. Both return the white pixel value for the specified screen.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
@ -648,7 +648,7 @@ Returns the number of depths.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<function>XListDepths</function> <function>XListDepths</function>
function returns the array of depths function returns the array of depths
that are available on the specified screen. that are available on the specified screen.
If the specified screen_number is valid and sufficient memory for the array If the specified screen_number is valid and sufficient memory for the array
can be allocated, can be allocated,
@ -705,7 +705,7 @@ Specifies the appropriate screen number on the host server.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGC</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultGC</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGC</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultGC</primary></indexterm>
Both return the default graphics context for the root window of the Both return the default graphics context for the root window of the
specified screen. specified screen.
This GC is created for the convenience of simple applications This GC is created for the convenience of simple applications
and contains the default GC components with the foreground and and contains the default GC components with the foreground and
@ -873,10 +873,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDefaultScreen</primary></indexterm>
Both return the default screen number referenced by the Both return the default screen number referenced by the
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function. function.
This macro or function should be used to retrieve the screen number This macro or function should be used to retrieve the screen number
in applications that will use only a single screen. in applications that will use only a single screen.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1065,16 +1065,16 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayString</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>DisplayString</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayString</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDisplayString</primary></indexterm>
Both return the string that was passed to Both return the string that was passed to
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
when the current display was opened. when the current display was opened.
On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems, On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
if the passed string was NULL, these return the value of if the passed string was NULL, these return the value of
the DISPLAY environment variable when the current display was opened. the DISPLAY environment variable when the current display was opened.
<indexterm><primary><acronym>POSIX</acronym> System Call</primary><secondary>fork</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary><acronym>POSIX</acronym> System Call</primary><secondary>fork</secondary></indexterm>
These are useful to applications that invoke the These are useful to applications that invoke the
<function>fork</function> <function>fork</function>
system call and want to open a new connection to the same display from the system call and want to open a new connection to the same display from the
child process as well as for printing error messages. child process as well as for printing error messages.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ as necessary for the following functions:
<xref linkend='XDrawSegments' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawSegments' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XFillArcs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XFillArcs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XFillRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XFillRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
and and
<xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XProtocolVersion</primary></indexterm>
Both return the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with Both return the major version number (11) of the X protocol associated with
the connected display. the connected display.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1669,12 +1669,12 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XImageByteOrder</primary></indexterm>
Both specify the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in Both specify the required byte order for images for each scanline unit in
XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in XY format (bitmap) or for each pixel value in
Z format. Z format.
The macro or function can return either The macro or function can return either
<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol> <symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>
or or
<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>. <symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1753,9 +1753,9 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
Within each bitmap unit, the left-most bit in the bitmap as displayed Within each bitmap unit, the left-most bit in the bitmap as displayed
on the screen is either the least significant or most significant bit in the on the screen is either the least significant or most significant bit in the
unit. unit.
This macro or function can return This macro or function can return
<symbol>LSBFirst</symbol> <symbol>LSBFirst</symbol>
or or
<symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>. <symbol>MSBFirst</symbol>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -2032,7 +2032,7 @@ structure.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2071,7 +2071,7 @@ Both return the black pixel value of the specified screen.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2110,7 +2110,7 @@ Both return the white pixel value of the specified screen.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2122,7 +2122,7 @@ structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>CellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XCellsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
Both return the number of colormap cells in the default colormap Both return the number of colormap cells in the default colormap
of the specified screen. of the specified screen.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -2150,7 +2150,7 @@ of the specified screen.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2189,7 +2189,7 @@ Both return the default colormap of the specified screen.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ Both return the depth of the root window.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ The GC must never be freed.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2310,7 +2310,7 @@ see <link linkend="Visual_Types">section 3.1</link>.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2324,7 +2324,7 @@ structure.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XDoesBackingStore</primary></indexterm>
Both return a value indicating whether the screen supports backing Both return a value indicating whether the screen supports backing
stores. stores.
The value returned can be one of The value returned can be one of
<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>, <symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>, <symbol>NotUseful</symbol>,
or or
@ -2356,7 +2356,7 @@ or
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2403,7 +2403,7 @@ the screen does not support save unders
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ Both return the display of the specified screen.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2482,7 +2482,7 @@ function returns the screen index number of the specified screen.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ at connection setup time.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2561,7 +2561,7 @@ Both return the width of the specified screen in pixels.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2600,7 +2600,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in pixels.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2639,7 +2639,7 @@ Both return the width of the specified screen in millimeters.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2678,7 +2678,7 @@ Both return the height of the specified screen in millimeters.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2690,7 +2690,7 @@ structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMaxCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
Both return the maximum number of installed colormaps supported Both return the maximum number of installed colormaps supported
by the specified screen by the specified screen
(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>). (see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).
</para> </para>
@ -2719,7 +2719,7 @@ by the specified screen
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2731,7 +2731,7 @@ structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>MinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XMinCmapsOfScreen</primary></indexterm>
Both return the minimum number of installed colormaps supported Both return the minimum number of installed colormaps supported
by the specified screen by the specified screen
(see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>). (see <link linkend="Managing_Installed_Colormaps">section 9.3</link>).
</para> </para>
@ -2760,7 +2760,7 @@ by the specified screen
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2799,7 +2799,7 @@ Both return the depth of the root window.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the appropriate Specifies the appropriate
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -2822,7 +2822,7 @@ Both return the root window of the specified screen.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
To execute a To execute a
<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem> <systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
protocol request, use protocol request, use
<xref linkend='XNoOp' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XNoOp' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -2849,7 +2849,7 @@ protocol request, use
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XNoOp' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XNoOp' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function sends a function sends a
<systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem> <systemitem>NoOperation</systemitem>
protocol request to the X server, protocol request to the X server,
thereby exercising the connection. thereby exercising the connection.
@ -2952,7 +2952,7 @@ or other resources that the client has created
on this display, unless the close-down mode of the client has been changed on this display, unless the close-down mode of the client has been changed
(see (see
<xref linkend='XSetCloseDownMode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>). <xref linkend='XSetCloseDownMode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be Therefore, these windows, resource IDs, and other resources should never be
referenced again or an error will be generated. referenced again or an error will be generated.
Before exiting, you should call Before exiting, you should call
<function>XCloseDisplay</function> <function>XCloseDisplay</function>
@ -3007,7 +3007,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the client close-down mode. Specifies the client close-down mode.
You can pass You can pass
<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>, <symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>, <symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>,
or or
@ -3057,7 +3057,7 @@ automatic operations:
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It disowns all selections owned by the client It disowns all selections owned by the client
(see (see
<xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>). <xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -3067,7 +3067,7 @@ It performs an
<xref linkend='XUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XUngrabPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and and
<xref linkend='XUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XUngrabKeyboard' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
if the client has actively grabbed the pointer if the client has actively grabbed the pointer
or the keyboard. or the keyboard.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -3080,19 +3080,19 @@ if the client has grabbed the server.
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It releases all passive grabs made by the client. It releases all passive grabs made by the client.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It marks all resources (including colormap entries) allocated It marks all resources (including colormap entries) allocated
by the client either as permanent or temporary, by the client either as permanent or temporary,
depending on whether the close-down mode is depending on whether the close-down mode is
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol> <symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
or or
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>. <symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
However, this does not prevent other client applications from explicitly However, this does not prevent other client applications from explicitly
destroying the resources (see destroying the resources (see
<xref linkend='XSetCloseDownMode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>). <xref linkend='XSetCloseDownMode' xrefstyle='select: title'/>).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -3122,7 +3122,7 @@ window.
It performs a It performs a
<systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem> <systemitem>MapWindow</systemitem>
request on the save-set window if the save-set window is unmapped. request on the save-set window if the save-set window is unmapped.
The X server does this even if the save-set window was not an inferior of The X server does this even if the save-set window was not an inferior of
a window created by the client. a window created by the client.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -3134,12 +3134,12 @@ It destroys all windows created by the client.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It performs the appropriate free request on each nonwindow resource created by It performs the appropriate free request on each nonwindow resource created by
the client in the server (for example, the client in the server (for example,
<type>Font</type>, <type>Font</type>,
<type>Pixmap</type>, <type>Pixmap</type>,
<type>Cursor</type>, <type>Cursor</type>,
<type>Colormap</type>, <type>Colormap</type>,
and and
<type>GContext</type>). <type>GContext</type>).
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -3157,15 +3157,15 @@ connections.
When the last connection to the X server closes as a result of a connection When the last connection to the X server closes as a result of a connection
closing with the close_mode of closing with the close_mode of
<symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>, <symbol>DestroyAll</symbol>,
the X server does the following: the X server does the following:
</para> </para>
<itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It resets its state as if it had just been It resets its state as if it had just been
started. started.
The X server begins by destroying all lingering resources from The X server begins by destroying all lingering resources from
clients that have terminated in clients that have terminated in
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol> <symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
or or
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol> <symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
@ -3185,8 +3185,8 @@ It deletes all properties on all root windows
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
It resets all device maps and attributes It resets all device maps and attributes
(for example, key click, bell volume, and acceleration) (for example, key click, bell volume, and acceleration)
as well as the access control list. as well as the access control list.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>

554
specs/libX11/CH03.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

214
specs/libX11/CH04.xml
View file

@ -23,8 +23,8 @@ information functions to:
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain information about
the window tree, the window's current attributes, the window tree, the window's current attributes,
the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates. the window's current geometry, or the current pointer coordinates.
Because they are most frequently used by window managers, Because they are most frequently used by window managers,
these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still these functions all return a status to indicate whether the window still
@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ exists.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for To obtain the parent, a list of children, and number of children for
a given window, use a given window, use
<xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Child Window</primary></indexterm>
@ -121,15 +121,15 @@ Returns the number of children.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns the root ID, the parent window ID, function returns the root ID, the parent window ID,
a pointer to the list of children windows a pointer to the list of children windows
(NULL when there are no children), (NULL when there are no children),
and the number of children in the list for the specified window. and the number of children in the list for the specified window.
The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most The children are listed in current stacking order, from bottom-most
(first) to top-most (last). (first) to top-most (last).
<xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryTree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds. returns zero if it fails and nonzero if it succeeds.
To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use To free a non-NULL children list when it is no longer needed, use
<xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ error.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use To obtain the current attributes of a given window, use
<xref linkend='XGetWindowAttributes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetWindowAttributes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetWindowAttributes</primary></indexterm>
@ -236,10 +236,10 @@ typedef struct {
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer The x and y members are set to the upper-left outer
corner relative to the parent window's origin. corner relative to the parent window's origin.
The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window, The width and height members are set to the inside size of the window,
not including the border. not including the border.
The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels. The border_width member is set to the window's border width in pixels.
The depth member is set to the depth of the window The depth member is set to the depth of the window
(that is, bits per pixel for the object). (that is, bits per pixel for the object).
The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated The visual member is a pointer to the screen's associated
<structname>Visual</structname> <structname>Visual</structname>
@ -294,29 +294,29 @@ see <link linkend="Gravity_Attributes">section 3.2.3</link>.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain The backing_store member is set to indicate how the X server should maintain
the contents of a window the contents of a window
and can be and can be
<symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>, <symbol>WhenMapped</symbol>,
<symbol>Always</symbol>, <symbol>Always</symbol>,
or or
<symbol>NotUseful</symbol>. <symbol>NotUseful</symbol>.
The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit The backing_planes member is set to indicate (with bits set to 1) which bit
planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores planes of the window hold dynamic data that must be preserved in backing_stores
and during save_unders. and during save_unders.
The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use The backing_pixel member is set to indicate what values to use
for planes not set in backing_planes. for planes not set in backing_planes.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The save_under member is set to The save_under member is set to
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
or or
<symbol>False</symbol>. <symbol>False</symbol>.
The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be The colormap member is set to the colormap for the specified window and can be
a colormap ID or a colormap ID or
<symbol>None</symbol>. <symbol>None</symbol>.
The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is The map_installed member is set to indicate whether the colormap is
currently installed and can be currently installed and can be
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
or or
<symbol>False</symbol>. <symbol>False</symbol>.
@ -330,17 +330,17 @@ is used if the window is mapped but some ancestor is unmapped.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event The all_event_masks member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
masks selected on the window by all clients. masks selected on the window by all clients.
The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event The your_event_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of all event
masks selected by the querying client. masks selected by the querying client.
The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the The do_not_propagate_mask member is set to the bitwise inclusive OR of the
set of events that should not propagate. set of events that should not propagate.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides The override_redirect member is set to indicate whether this window overrides
structure control facilities and can be structure control facilities and can be
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
or or
<symbol>False</symbol>. <symbol>False</symbol>.
@ -349,7 +349,7 @@ Window manager clients should ignore the window if this member is
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer The screen member is set to a screen pointer that gives you a back pointer
to the correct screen. to the correct screen.
This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without This makes it easier to obtain the screen information without
having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches. having to loop over the root window fields to see which field matches.
@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use To obtain the current geometry of a given drawable, use
<xref linkend='XGetGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetGeometry</primary></indexterm>
@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ Returns the root window.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable. Return the x and y coordinates that define the location of the drawable.
For a window, For a window,
these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to these coordinates specify the upper-left outer corner relative to
its parent's origin. its parent's origin.
For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero. For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.
@ -460,7 +460,7 @@ For pixmaps, these coordinates are always zero.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height). Return the drawable's dimensions (width and height).
For a window, For a window,
these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border. these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ these dimensions specify the inside size, not including the border.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns the border width in pixels. Returns the border width in pixels.
If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero. If the drawable is a pixmap, it returns zero.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -640,12 +640,12 @@ If
returns returns
<symbol>True</symbol>, <symbol>True</symbol>,
it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative it takes the src_x and src_y coordinates relative
to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to to the source window's origin and returns these coordinates to
dest_x_return and dest_y_return dest_x_return and dest_y_return
relative to the destination window's origin. relative to the destination window's origin.
If If
<xref linkend='XTranslateCoordinates' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XTranslateCoordinates' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<symbol>False</symbol>, <symbol>False</symbol>,
src_w and dest_w are on different screens, src_w and dest_w are on different screens,
and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero. and dest_x_return and dest_y_return are zero.
@ -665,7 +665,7 @@ error.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer To obtain the screen coordinates of the pointer
or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use or to determine the pointer coordinates relative to a specified window, use
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XQueryPointer</primary></indexterm>
@ -788,20 +788,20 @@ function returns the root window the pointer is logically on and the pointer
coordinates relative to the root window's origin. coordinates relative to the root window's origin.
If If
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<symbol>False</symbol>, <symbol>False</symbol>,
the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and the pointer is not on the same screen as the specified window, and
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<symbol>None</symbol> <symbol>None</symbol>
to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return. to child_return and zero to win_x_return and win_y_return.
If If
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<symbol>True</symbol>, <symbol>True</symbol>,
the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return the pointer coordinates returned to win_x_return and win_y_return
are relative to the origin of the specified window. are relative to the origin of the specified window.
In this case, In this case,
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the child that contains the pointer, if any, returns the child that contains the pointer, if any,
or else or else
@ -811,10 +811,10 @@ to child_return.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryPointer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons returns the current logical state of the keyboard buttons
and the modifier keys in mask_return. and the modifier keys in mask_return.
It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more It sets mask_return to the bitwise inclusive OR of one or more
of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match of the button or modifier key bitmasks to match
the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys. the current state of the mouse buttons and the modifier keys.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -846,7 +846,7 @@ define any other arbitrary information and associate it with windows.
Each property has a name, Each property has a name,
which is an ISO Latin-1 string. which is an ISO Latin-1 string.
For each named property, For each named property,
a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it. a unique identifier (atom) is associated with it.
A property also has a type, for example, string or integer. A property also has a type, for example, string or integer.
These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new These types are also indicated using atoms, so arbitrary new
types can be defined. types can be defined.
@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ quantities, or 32-bit quantities.
This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the This permits the X server to present the data in the byte order that the
client expects. client expects.
<!-- .NT Note --> <!-- .NT Note -->
If you define further properties of complex type, If you define further properties of complex type,
you must encode and decode them yourself. you must encode and decode them yourself.
These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable. These functions must be carefully written if they are to be portable.
For further information about how to write a library extension, For further information about how to write a library extension,
@ -881,12 +881,12 @@ arbitrary extension in this type scheme.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Certain property names are Certain property names are
predefined in the server for commonly used functions. predefined in the server for commonly used functions.
The atoms for these properties are defined in The atoms for these properties are defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>. <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename>.
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xatom.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xatom.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the To avoid name clashes with user symbols, the
<code>#define</code> <code>#define</code>
name for each atom has the XA_ prefix. name for each atom has the XA_ prefix.
For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set For an explanation of the functions that let you get and set
@ -904,14 +904,14 @@ and the <olink targetdoc='xlfd' targetptr='xlfd'><citetitle>X Logical Font Descr
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
You can use properties to communicate other information between You can use properties to communicate other information between
applications. applications.
The functions described in this section let you define new properties The functions described in this section let you define new properties
and get the unique atom IDs in your applications. and get the unique atom IDs in your applications.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation Although any particular atom can have some client interpretation
within each of the name spaces, within each of the name spaces,
atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol: atoms occur in five distinct name spaces within the protocol:
</para> </para>
<itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
<listitem> <listitem>
@ -931,12 +931,12 @@ Property types
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Font properties Font properties
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Type of a Type of a
<symbol>ClientMessage</symbol> <symbol>ClientMessage</symbol>
event (none are built into the X server) event (none are built into the X server)
</para> </para>
@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ The built-in selection property names are:
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The built-in property names are: The built-in property names are:
<simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
<member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member> <member><property>CUT_BUFFER0</property></member>
<member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member> <member><property>CUT_BUFFER1</property></member>
@ -989,7 +989,7 @@ The built-in property names are:
</simplelist> </simplelist>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The built-in property types are: The built-in property types are:
<simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
<member><property>ARC</property></member> <member><property>ARC</property></member>
<member><property>ATOM</property></member> <member><property>ATOM</property></member>
@ -1012,7 +1012,7 @@ The built-in property types are:
</simplelist> </simplelist>
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The built-in font property names are: The built-in font property names are:
<simplelist type="vert" columns="2"> <simplelist type="vert" columns="2">
<member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member> <member><property>MIN_SPACE</property></member>
<member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member> <member><property>NORM_SPACE</property></member>
@ -1049,7 +1049,7 @@ see <link linkend="Font_Metrics">section 8.5</link>.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return an atom for a given name, use To return an atom for a given name, use
<xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
@ -1103,18 +1103,18 @@ The
<xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name function returns the atom identifier associated with the specified atom_name
string. string.
If only_if_exists is If only_if_exists is
<symbol>False</symbol>, <symbol>False</symbol>,
the atom is created if it does not exist. the atom is created if it does not exist.
Therefore, Therefore,
<xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XInternAtom' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
can return can return
<symbol>None</symbol>. <symbol>None</symbol>.
If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, If the atom name is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
the result is implementation-dependent. the result is implementation-dependent.
Uppercase and lowercase matter; Uppercase and lowercase matter;
the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG'' the strings ``thing'', ``Thing'', and ``thinG''
all designate different atoms. all designate different atoms.
The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes. The atom will remain defined even after the client's connection closes.
It will become undefined only when the last connection to It will become undefined only when the last connection to
the X server closes. the X server closes.
@ -1131,7 +1131,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return atoms for an array of names, use To return atoms for an array of names, use
<xref linkend='XInternAtoms' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XInternAtoms' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>interning</secondary></indexterm>
@ -1231,7 +1231,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return a name for a given atom identifier, use To return a name for a given atom identifier, use
<xref linkend='XGetAtomName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetAtomName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
@ -1290,7 +1290,7 @@ error.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use To return the names for an array of atom identifiers, use
<xref linkend='XGetAtomNames' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetAtomNames' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Atom</primary><secondary>getting name</secondary></indexterm>
@ -1396,7 +1396,7 @@ is used to represent 32-bit quantities.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain, Xlib provides functions that you can use to obtain,
change, update, or interchange window properties. change, update, or interchange window properties.
In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client In addition, Xlib provides other utility functions for inter-client
communication communication
@ -1405,7 +1405,7 @@ communication
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use To obtain the type, format, and value of a property of a given window, use
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>getting</secondary></indexterm>
</para> </para>
@ -1467,7 +1467,7 @@ Specifies the property name.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities) Specifies the offset in the specified property (in 32-bit quantities)
where the data is to be retrieved. where the data is to be retrieved.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1529,7 +1529,7 @@ Returns the actual format of the property.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items Returns the actual number of 8-bit, 16-bit, or 32-bit items
stored in the prop_return data. stored in the prop_return data.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1540,7 +1540,7 @@ stored in the prop_return data.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if Returns the number of bytes remaining to be read in the property if
a partial read was performed. a partial read was performed.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1572,9 +1572,9 @@ sets the return arguments as follows:
<para> <para>
If the specified property does not exist for the specified window, If the specified property does not exist for the specified window,
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<symbol>None</symbol> <symbol>None</symbol>
to actual_type_return and the value zero to to actual_type_return and the value zero to
actual_format_return and bytes_after_return. actual_format_return and bytes_after_return.
The nitems_return argument is empty. The nitems_return argument is empty.
In this case, the delete argument is ignored. In this case, the delete argument is ignored.
@ -1582,13 +1582,13 @@ In this case, the delete argument is ignored.
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If the specified property exists If the specified property exists
but its type does not match the specified type, but its type does not match the specified type,
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the actual property type to actual_type_return, returns the actual property type to actual_type_return,
the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return, the actual property format (never zero) to actual_format_return,
and the property length in bytes and the property length in bytes
(even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32) (even if the actual_format_return is 16 or 32)
to bytes_after_return. to bytes_after_return.
It also ignores the delete argument. It also ignores the delete argument.
The nitems_return argument is empty. The nitems_return argument is empty.
@ -1596,13 +1596,13 @@ The nitems_return argument is empty.
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If the specified property exists and either you assign If the specified property exists and either you assign
<symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol> <symbol>AnyPropertyType</symbol>
to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type, to the req_type argument or the specified type matches the actual property type,
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual returns the actual property type to actual_type_return and the actual
property format (never zero) to actual_format_return. property format (never zero) to actual_format_return.
It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by It also returns a value to bytes_after_return and nitems_return, by
defining the following defining the following
values: values:
</para> </para>
@ -1626,8 +1626,8 @@ from zero), and its length in bytes is L.
If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative, If the value for long_offset causes L to be negative,
a a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error results. error results.
The value of bytes_after_return is A, The value of bytes_after_return is A,
giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property. giving the number of trailing unread bytes in the stored property.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1647,19 +1647,19 @@ array and should be cast to that type to obtain the elements.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
always allocates one extra byte in prop_return always allocates one extra byte in prop_return
(even if the property is zero length) (even if the property is zero length)
and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters and sets it to zero so that simple properties consisting of characters
do not have to be copied into yet another string before use. do not have to be copied into yet another string before use.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If delete is If delete is
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
and bytes_after_return is zero, and bytes_after_return is zero,
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
deletes the property deletes the property
from the window and generates a from the window and generates a
<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> <symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
event on the window. event on the window.
</para> </para>
@ -1685,7 +1685,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain a given window's property list, use To obtain a given window's property list, use
<xref linkend='XListProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XListProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>listing</secondary></indexterm>
@ -1737,7 +1737,7 @@ Returns the length of the properties array.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XListProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XListProperties' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for function returns a pointer to an array of atom properties that are defined for
the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found. the specified window or returns NULL if no properties were found.
To free the memory allocated by this function, use To free the memory allocated by this function, use
<xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -1816,7 +1816,7 @@ Specifies the property name.
<para> <para>
Specifies the type of the property. Specifies the type of the property.
The X server does not interpret the type but simply The X server does not interpret the type but simply
passes it back to an application that later calls passes it back to an application that later calls
<xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetWindowProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1834,7 +1834,7 @@ This information allows the X server to correctly perform
byte-swap operations as necessary. byte-swap operations as necessary.
If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit, If the format is 16-bit or 32-bit,
you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call you must explicitly cast your data pointer to an (unsigned char *) in the call
to to
<xref linkend='XChangeProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XChangeProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
<!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 --> <!-- .\" Changed name of this file to prop_mode.a on 1/13/87 -->
</para> </para>
@ -1910,7 +1910,7 @@ The type and format must match the existing property value,
or a or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results. error results.
If the property is undefined, If the property is undefined,
it is treated as defined with the correct type and it is treated as defined with the correct type and
format with zero-length data. format with zero-length data.
</para> </para>
@ -2034,25 +2034,25 @@ function allows you to rotate properties on a window and causes
the X server to generate the X server to generate
<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> <symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
events. events.
If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered If the property names in the properties array are viewed as being numbered
starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list, starting from zero and if there are num_prop property names in the list,
then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated then the value associated with property name I becomes the value associated
with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N &minus; 1. with property name (I + npositions) mod N for all I from zero to N &minus; 1.
The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring The effect is to rotate the states by npositions places around the virtual ring
of property names (right for positive npositions, of property names (right for positive npositions,
left for negative npositions). left for negative npositions).
If npositions mod N is nonzero, If npositions mod N is nonzero,
the X server generates a the X server generates a
<symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol> <symbol>PropertyNotify</symbol>
event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array. event for each property in the order that they are listed in the array.
If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that If an atom occurs more than once in the list or no property with that
name is defined for the window, name is defined for the window,
a a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results. error results.
If a If a
<errorname>BadAtom</errorname> <errorname>BadAtom</errorname>
or or
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results, error results,
no properties are changed. no properties are changed.
@ -2070,7 +2070,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To delete a property on a given window, use To delete a property on a given window, use
<xref linkend='XDeleteProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XDeleteProperty' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Property</primary><secondary>deleting</secondary></indexterm>
@ -2153,8 +2153,8 @@ the type of the data.
A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type. A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with a dynamic type.
That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server, That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,
the property is maintained by some client (the owner). the property is maintained by some client (the owner).
A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user A selection is global in nature (considered to belong to the user
but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular but be maintained by clients) rather than being private to a particular
window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients. window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -2162,7 +2162,7 @@ window subhierarchy or a particular set of clients.
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion Xlib provides functions that you can use to set, get, or request conversion
of selections. of selections.
This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection, This allows applications to implement the notion of current selection,
which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no which requires that notification be sent to applications when they no
longer own the selection. longer own the selection.
Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection Applications that support selection often highlight the current selection
and so must be informed when another application has and so must be informed when another application has
@ -2181,7 +2181,7 @@ whether the contents of the image should be sent in XY format or Z format.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The target type can also be used to control the class of The target type can also be used to control the class of
contents transmitted, for example, contents transmitted, for example,
asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line
spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, not the
text of the paragraph. text of the paragraph.
@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To set the selection owner, use To set the selection owner, use
<xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>setting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
@ -2261,7 +2261,7 @@ The
<xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection function changes the owner and last-change time for the specified selection
and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current and has no effect if the specified time is earlier than the current
last-change time of the specified selection last-change time of the specified selection
or is later than the current X server time. or is later than the current X server time.
Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time, Otherwise, the last-change time is set to the specified time,
with with
@ -2269,7 +2269,7 @@ with
replaced by the current server time. replaced by the current server time.
If the owner window is specified as If the owner window is specified as
<symbol>None</symbol>, <symbol>None</symbol>,
then the owner of the selection becomes then the owner of the selection becomes
<symbol>None</symbol> <symbol>None</symbol>
(that is, no owner). (that is, no owner).
Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing Otherwise, the owner of the selection becomes the client executing
@ -2283,7 +2283,7 @@ is not
the same as the current owner of the selection and the current the same as the current owner of the selection and the current
owner is not owner is not
<symbol>None</symbol>, <symbol>None</symbol>,
the current owner is sent a the current owner is sent a
<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol> <symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
event. event.
If the client that is the owner of a selection is later If the client that is the owner of a selection is later
@ -2296,7 +2296,7 @@ reverts to
but the last-change time is not affected. but the last-change time is not affected.
The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server. The selection atom is uninterpreted by the X server.
<xref linkend='XGetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the owner window, which is reported in returns the owner window, which is reported in
<symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol> <symbol>SelectionRequest</symbol>
and and
<symbol>SelectionClear</symbol> <symbol>SelectionClear</symbol>
@ -2315,7 +2315,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return the selection owner, use To return the selection owner, use
<xref linkend='XGetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetSelectionOwner' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>getting the owner</secondary></indexterm>
@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ error.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To request conversion of a selection, use To request conversion of a selection, use
<xref linkend='XConvertSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XConvertSelection' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Selection</primary><secondary>converting</secondary></indexterm>
@ -2432,7 +2432,7 @@ Specifies the target atom.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the property name. Specifies the property name.
You also can pass You also can pass
<symbol>None</symbol>. <symbol>None</symbol>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>

58
specs/libX11/CH05.xml
View file

@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Pixmaps can only be used on the screen on which they were created. Pixmaps can only be used on the screen on which they were created.
Pixmaps are off-screen resources that are used for various operations, Pixmaps are off-screen resources that are used for various operations,
such as defining cursors as tiling patterns such as defining cursors as tiling patterns
or as the source for certain raster operations. or as the source for certain raster operations.
Most graphics requests can operate either on a window or on a pixmap. Most graphics requests can operate either on a window or on a pixmap.
A bitmap is a single bit-plane pixmap. A bitmap is a single bit-plane pixmap.
@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on. Specifies which screen the pixmap is created on.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -96,11 +96,11 @@ The
<xref linkend='XCreatePixmap' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCreatePixmap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function creates a pixmap of the width, height, and depth you specified function creates a pixmap of the width, height, and depth you specified
and returns a pixmap ID that identifies it. and returns a pixmap ID that identifies it.
It is valid to pass an It is valid to pass an
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
window to the drawable argument. window to the drawable argument.
The width and height arguments must be nonzero, The width and height arguments must be nonzero,
or a or a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error results. error results.
The depth argument must be one of the depths supported by the screen The depth argument must be one of the depths supported by the screen
@ -192,15 +192,15 @@ error.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Each window can have a different cursor defined for it. Each window can have a different cursor defined for it.
Whenever the pointer is in a visible window, Whenever the pointer is in a visible window,
it is set to the cursor defined for that window. it is set to the cursor defined for that window.
If no cursor was defined for that window, If no cursor was defined for that window,
the cursor is the one defined for the parent window. the cursor is the one defined for the parent window.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
From X's perspective, From X's perspective,
a cursor consists of a cursor source, mask, colors, and a hotspot. a cursor consists of a cursor source, mask, colors, and a hotspot.
The mask pixmap determines the shape of the cursor and must be a depth The mask pixmap determines the shape of the cursor and must be a depth
of one. of one.
The source pixmap must have a depth of one, The source pixmap must have a depth of one,
@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ and the colors determine the colors of the source.
The hotspot defines the point on the cursor that is reported The hotspot defines the point on the cursor that is reported
when a pointer event occurs. when a pointer event occurs.
There may be limitations imposed by the hardware on There may be limitations imposed by the hardware on
cursors as to size and whether a mask is implemented. cursors as to size and whether a mask is implemented.
<indexterm><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>XQueryBestCursor</primary></indexterm>
<xref linkend='XQueryBestCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryBestCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
can be used to find out what sizes are possible. can be used to find out what sizes are possible.
@ -357,7 +357,7 @@ Specifies the character glyph for the source.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the glyph character for the mask. Specifies the glyph character for the mask.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -367,7 +367,7 @@ Specifies the glyph character for the mask.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -389,33 +389,33 @@ The
<xref linkend='XCreateGlyphCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCreateGlyphCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function is similar to function is similar to
<xref linkend='XCreatePixmapCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCreatePixmapCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified except that the source and mask bitmaps are obtained from the specified
font glyphs. font glyphs.
The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font, The source_char must be a defined glyph in source_font,
or a or a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error results. error results.
If mask_font is given, If mask_font is given,
mask_char must be a defined glyph in mask_font, mask_char must be a defined glyph in mask_font,
or a or a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error results. error results.
The mask_font and character are optional. The mask_font and character are optional.
The origins of the source_char and mask_char (if defined) glyphs are The origins of the source_char and mask_char (if defined) glyphs are
positioned coincidently and define the hotspot. positioned coincidently and define the hotspot.
The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics, The source_char and mask_char need not have the same bounding box metrics,
and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative to the bounding and there is no restriction on the placement of the hotspot relative to the bounding
boxes. boxes.
If no mask_char is given, all pixels of the source are displayed. If no mask_char is given, all pixels of the source are displayed.
You can free the fonts immediately by calling You can free the fonts immediately by calling
<xref linkend='XFreeFont' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFreeFont' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
if no further explicit references to them are to be made. if no further explicit references to them are to be made.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For 2-byte matrix fonts, For 2-byte matrix fonts,
the 16-bit value should be formed with the byte1 the 16-bit value should be formed with the byte1
member in the most significant byte and the byte2 member in the member in the most significant byte and the byte2 member in the
least significant byte. least significant byte.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -489,7 +489,7 @@ Specifies the cursor's source bits to be displayed or
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -541,15 +541,15 @@ or
screen. screen.
The foreground color is used for the pixels set to 1 in the The foreground color is used for the pixels set to 1 in the
source, and the background color is used for the pixels set to 0. source, and the background color is used for the pixels set to 0.
Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a Both source and mask, if specified, must have depth one (or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results) but can have any root. error results) but can have any root.
The mask argument defines the shape of the cursor. The mask argument defines the shape of the cursor.
The pixels set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels are displayed, The pixels set to 1 in the mask define which source pixels are displayed,
and the pixels set to 0 define which pixels are ignored. and the pixels set to 0 define which pixels are ignored.
If no mask is given, If no mask is given,
all pixels of the source are displayed. all pixels of the source are displayed.
The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the The mask, if present, must be the same size as the pixmap defined by the
source argument, or a source argument, or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results. error results.
@ -657,7 +657,7 @@ information for.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width Return the best width and height that is closest to the specified width
and height. and height.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -718,7 +718,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the cursor. Specifies the cursor.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -728,7 +728,7 @@ Specifies the cursor.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source. Specifies the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values for the foreground of the source.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -795,7 +795,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the cursor. Specifies the cursor.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -805,7 +805,7 @@ Specifies the cursor.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XFreeCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFreeCursor' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID function deletes the association between the cursor resource ID
and the specified cursor. and the specified cursor.
The cursor storage is freed when no other resource references it. The cursor storage is freed when no other resource references it.
The specified cursor ID should not be referred to again. The specified cursor ID should not be referred to again.

426
specs/libX11/CH06.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

208
specs/libX11/CH07.xml
View file

@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ The contents of a GC are private to Xlib.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib implements a write-back cache for all elements of a GC that are not Xlib implements a write-back cache for all elements of a GC that are not
resource IDs to allow Xlib to implement the transparent coalescing of changes resource IDs to allow Xlib to implement the transparent coalescing of changes
to GCs. to GCs.
For example, For example,
a call to a call to
@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ a call to
of a GC followed by a call to of a GC followed by a call to
<xref linkend='XSetLineAttributes' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetLineAttributes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
results in only a single-change GC protocol request to the server. results in only a single-change GC protocol request to the server.
GCs are neither expected nor encouraged to be shared between client GCs are neither expected nor encouraged to be shared between client
applications, so this write-back caching should present no problems. applications, so this write-back caching should present no problems.
Applications cannot share GCs without external synchronization. Applications cannot share GCs without external synchronization.
Therefore, Therefore,
sharing GCs between applications is highly discouraged. sharing GCs between applications is highly discouraged.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
@ -260,14 +260,14 @@ to be useful in a window.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Source</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Source</primary></indexterm>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Destination</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Destination</primary></indexterm>
The function attributes of a GC are used when you update a section of The function attributes of a GC are used when you update a section of
a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source). a drawable (the destination) with bits from somewhere else (the source).
The function in a GC defines how the new destination bits are to be The function in a GC defines how the new destination bits are to be
computed from the source bits and the old destination bits. computed from the source bits and the old destination bits.
<symbol>GXcopy</symbol> <symbol>GXcopy</symbol>
is typically the most useful because it will work on a color display, is typically the most useful because it will work on a color display,
but special applications may use other functions, but special applications may use other functions,
particularly in concert with particular planes of a color display. particularly in concert with particular planes of a color display.
The 16 GC functions, defined in The 16 GC functions, defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename>, <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename>,
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/X.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/X.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
@ -391,9 +391,9 @@ significant bits in the plane mask.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel, In graphics operations, given a source and destination pixel,
the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels. the result is computed bitwise on corresponding bits of the pixels.
That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane. That is, a Boolean operation is performed in each bit plane.
The plane_mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes. The plane_mask restricts the operation to a subset of planes.
A macro constant A macro constant
<symbol>AllPlanes</symbol> <symbol>AllPlanes</symbol>
@ -442,7 +442,7 @@ If the center of the pixel is exactly on the bounding box,
it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right it is part of the line if and only if the interior is immediately to its right
(x increasing direction). (x increasing direction).
Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case and are part of
the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below the line if and only if the interior or the boundary is immediately below
(y increasing direction) and the interior or the boundary is immediately (y increasing direction) and the interior or the boundary is immediately
to the right (x increasing direction). to the right (x increasing direction).
</para> </para>
@ -450,21 +450,21 @@ to the right (x increasing direction).
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Thin lines (zero line-width) are one-pixel-wide lines drawn using an Thin lines (zero line-width) are one-pixel-wide lines drawn using an
unspecified, device-dependent algorithm. unspecified, device-dependent algorithm.
There are only two constraints on this algorithm. There are only two constraints on this algorithm.
</para> </para>
<itemizedlist> <itemizedlist>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] and If a line is drawn unclipped from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] and
if another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy], if another line is drawn unclipped from [x1+dx,y1+dy] to [x2+dx,y2+dy],
a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line a point [x,y] is touched by drawing the first line
if and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line. if and only if the point [x+dx,y+dy] is touched by drawing the second line.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
The effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected by clipping. The effective set of points comprising a line cannot be affected by clipping.
That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point That is, a point is touched in a clipped line if and only if the point
lies inside the clipping region and the point would be touched lies inside the clipping region and the point would be touched
by the line when drawn unclipped. by the line when drawn unclipped.
</para> </para>
@ -472,10 +472,10 @@ by the line when drawn unclipped.
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels A wide line drawn from [x1,y1] to [x2,y2] always draws the same pixels
as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style as a wide line drawn from [x2,y2] to [x1,y1], not counting cap-style
and join-style. and join-style.
It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines, It is recommended that this property be true for thin lines,
but this is not required. but this is not required.
A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels are A line-width of zero may differ from a line-width of one in which pixels are
drawn. drawn.
@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ wide lines.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
In general, In general,
drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one. drawing a thin line will be faster than drawing a wide line of width one.
However, because of their different drawing algorithms, However, because of their different drawing algorithms,
thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines. thin lines may not mix well aesthetically with wide lines.
@ -521,7 +521,7 @@ style used where even and odd dashes meet.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Only the even dashes are drawn, Only the even dashes are drawn,
and cap-style applies to and cap-style applies to
all internal ends of the individual dashes, all internal ends of the individual dashes,
except except
<symbol>CapNotLast</symbol> <symbol>CapNotLast</symbol>
@ -562,7 +562,7 @@ with no projection beyond.
<para> <para>
The line has a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width, The line has a circular arc with the diameter equal to the line-width,
centered on the endpoint. centered on the endpoint.
(This is equivalent to (This is equivalent to
<symbol>CapButt</symbol> <symbol>CapButt</symbol>
for line-width of zero). for line-width of zero).
</para> </para>
@ -623,8 +623,8 @@ endpoint styles with the triangular notch filled.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints, when the cap-style is applied to both endpoints,
the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style: the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:
</para> </para>
@ -682,8 +682,8 @@ the semantics depends on the line-width and the cap-style:
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2), For a line with coincident endpoints (x1=x2, y1=y2),
when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints, when the join-style is applied at one or both endpoints,
the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path. the effect is as if the line was removed from the overall path.
However, if the total path consists of or is reduced to a single point joined However, if the total path consists of or is reduced to a single point joined
with itself, the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both with itself, the effect is the same as when the cap-style is applied at both
@ -705,12 +705,12 @@ or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results. error results.
The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root as the The stipple pixmap must have depth one and must have the same root as the
GC, or a GC, or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results. error results.
For stipple operations where the fill-style is For stipple operations where the fill-style is
<symbol>FillStippled</symbol> <symbol>FillStippled</symbol>
but not but not
<symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>, <symbol>FillOpaqueStippled</symbol>,
the stipple pattern is tiled in a the stipple pattern is tiled in a
single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask. single plane and acts as an additional clip mask to be ANDed with the clip-mask.
@ -721,7 +721,7 @@ any size pixmap can be used for tiling or stippling.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and The fill-style defines the contents of the source for line, text, and
fill requests. fill requests.
For all text and fill requests (for example, For all text and fill requests (for example,
<xref linkend='XDrawText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XDrawText16' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawText16' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
@ -729,17 +729,17 @@ For all text and fill requests (for example,
<xref linkend='XFillPolygon' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XFillPolygon' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
and and
<xref linkend='XFillArc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>); <xref linkend='XFillArc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>);
for line requests for line requests
with line-style with line-style
<symbol>LineSolid</symbol> <symbol>LineSolid</symbol>
(for example, (for example,
<xref linkend='XDrawLine' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawLine' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XDrawSegments' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawSegments' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XDrawRectangle' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XDrawRectangle' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XDrawArc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>); <xref linkend='XDrawArc' xrefstyle='select: title'/>);
and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style and for the even dashes for line requests with line-style
<symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol> <symbol>LineOnOffDash</symbol>
or or
<symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>, <symbol>LineDoubleDash</symbol>,
the following apply: the following apply:
</para> </para>
@ -818,7 +818,7 @@ the results are undefined.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For optimum performance, For optimum performance,
you should draw as much as possible with the same GC you should draw as much as possible with the same GC
(without changing its components). (without changing its components).
The costs of changing GC components relative to using different GCs The costs of changing GC components relative to using different GCs
depend on the display hardware and the server implementation. depend on the display hardware and the server implementation.
@ -829,10 +829,10 @@ of GCs.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the The dashes value is actually a simplified form of the
more general patterns that can be set with more general patterns that can be set with
<xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
Specifying a Specifying a
value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in value of N is equivalent to specifying the two-element list [N, N] in
<xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
The value must be nonzero, The value must be nonzero,
or a or a
@ -841,7 +841,7 @@ error results.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable. The clip-mask restricts writes to the destination drawable.
If the clip-mask is set to a pixmap, If the clip-mask is set to a pixmap,
it must have depth one and have the same root as the GC, it must have depth one and have the same root as the GC,
or a or a
@ -855,8 +855,8 @@ The clip-mask also can be set by calling the
or or
<xref linkend='XSetRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
functions. functions.
Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn. Only pixels where the clip-mask has a bit set to 1 are drawn.
Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask Pixels are not drawn outside the area covered by the clip-mask
or where the clip-mask has a bit set to 0. or where the clip-mask has a bit set to 0.
The clip-mask affects all graphics requests. The clip-mask affects all graphics requests.
The clip-mask does not clip sources. The clip-mask does not clip sources.
@ -869,18 +869,18 @@ You can set the subwindow-mode to
<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol> <symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>
or or
<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>. <symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>.
For For
<symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>, <symbol>ClipByChildren</symbol>,
both source and destination windows are both source and destination windows are
additionally clipped by all viewable additionally clipped by all viewable
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
children. children.
For For
<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>, <symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>,
neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors. neither source nor destination window is clipped by inferiors.
This will result in including subwindow contents in the source This will result in including subwindow contents in the source
and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination. and drawing through subwindow boundaries of the destination.
The use of The use of
<symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol> <symbol>IncludeInferiors</symbol>
on a window of one depth with mapped on a window of one depth with mapped
inferiors of differing depth is not illegal, but the semantics are inferiors of differing depth is not illegal, but the semantics are
@ -889,9 +889,9 @@ undefined by the core protocol.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (drawn) for The fill-rule defines what pixels are inside (drawn) for
paths given in paths given in
<xref linkend='XFillPolygon' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFillPolygon' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
requests and can be set to requests and can be set to
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol> <symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
or or
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>. <symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
@ -899,8 +899,8 @@ For
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>, <symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>,
a point is inside if a point is inside if
an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number an infinite ray with the point as origin crosses the path an odd number
of times. of times.
For For
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>, <symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,
a point is inside if an infinite ray with the a point is inside if an infinite ray with the
point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and point as origin crosses an unequal number of clockwise and
@ -915,24 +915,24 @@ coincident with a segment.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For both For both
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol> <symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
and and
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>, <symbol>WindingRule</symbol>,
a point is infinitely small, a point is infinitely small,
and the path is an infinitely thin line. and the path is an infinitely thin line.
A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside A pixel is inside if the center point of the pixel is inside
and the center point is not on the boundary. and the center point is not on the boundary.
If the center point is on the boundary, If the center point is on the boundary,
the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately to the pixel is inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately to
its right (x increasing direction). its right (x increasing direction).
Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case Pixels with centers on a horizontal edge are a special case
and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below and are inside if and only if the polygon interior is immediately below
(y increasing direction). (y increasing direction).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The arc-mode controls filling in the The arc-mode controls filling in the
<xref linkend='XFillArcs' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFillArcs' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function and can be set to function and can be set to
<symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol> <symbol>ArcPieSlice</symbol>
@ -947,19 +947,19 @@ the arcs are chord filled.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The graphics-exposure flag controls The graphics-exposure flag controls
<symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol> <symbol>GraphicsExpose</symbol>
event generation event generation
for for
<xref linkend='XCopyArea' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCopyArea' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and and
<xref linkend='XCopyPlane' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCopyPlane' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions). requests (and any similar requests defined by extensions).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a To create a new GC that is usable on a given screen with a
depth of drawable, use depth of drawable, use
<xref linkend='XCreateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XCreateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
@ -993,7 +993,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the drawable. Specifies the drawable.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1204,13 +1204,13 @@ The
function changes the components specified by valuemask for function changes the components specified by valuemask for
the specified GC. the specified GC.
The values argument contains the values to be set. The values argument contains the values to be set.
The values and restrictions are the same as for The values and restrictions are the same as for
<xref linkend='XCreateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XCreateGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous Changing the clip-mask overrides any previous
<xref linkend='XSetClipRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetClipRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
request on the context. request on the context.
Changing the dash-offset or dash-list Changing the dash-offset or dash-list
overrides any previous overrides any previous
<xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetDashes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
request on the context. request on the context.
The order in which components are verified and altered is server dependent. The order in which components are verified and altered is server dependent.
@ -1329,7 +1329,7 @@ sets the requested components in values_return and returns a nonzero status.
Otherwise, it returns a zero status. Otherwise, it returns a zero status.
Note that the clip-mask and dash-list (represented by the Note that the clip-mask and dash-list (represented by the
<symbol>GCClipMask</symbol> <symbol>GCClipMask</symbol>
and and
<symbol>GCDashList</symbol> <symbol>GCDashList</symbol>
bits, respectively, in the valuemask) bits, respectively, in the valuemask)
cannot be requested. cannot be requested.
@ -1396,9 +1396,9 @@ error.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To obtain the To obtain the
<type>GContext</type> <type>GContext</type>
resource ID for a given GC, use resource ID for a given GC, use
<xref linkend='XGContextFromGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGContextFromGC' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGContextFromGC</primary></indexterm>
@ -2017,7 +2017,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the phase of the pattern for the dashed line-style you want to set Specifies the phase of the pattern for the dashed line-style you want to set
for the specified GC. for the specified GC.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2028,7 +2028,7 @@ for the specified GC.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the dash-list for the dashed line-style Specifies the dash-list for the dashed line-style
you want to set for the specified GC. you want to set for the specified GC.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ you want to set for the specified GC.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the number of elements in dash_list. Specifies the number of elements in dash_list.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2053,8 +2053,8 @@ in the specified GC.
There must be at least one element in the specified dash_list, There must be at least one element in the specified dash_list,
or a or a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error results. error results.
The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on) The initial and alternating elements (second, fourth, and so on)
of the dash_list are the even dashes, and of the dash_list are the even dashes, and
the others are the odd dashes. the others are the odd dashes.
Each element specifies a dash length in pixels. Each element specifies a dash length in pixels.
@ -2210,7 +2210,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC. Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
You can pass You can pass
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol> <symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
or or
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>. <symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
@ -2241,7 +2241,7 @@ Some displays have hardware support for tiling or
stippling with patterns of specific sizes. stippling with patterns of specific sizes.
Tiling and stippling operations that restrict themselves to those specific Tiling and stippling operations that restrict themselves to those specific
sizes run much faster than such operations with arbitrary size patterns. sizes run much faster than such operations with arbitrary size patterns.
Xlib provides functions that you can use to determine the best size, Xlib provides functions that you can use to determine the best size,
tile, or stipple for the display tile, or stipple for the display
as well as to set the tile or stipple shape and the tile or stipple origin. as well as to set the tile or stipple shape and the tile or stipple origin.
</para> </para>
@ -2284,10 +2284,10 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the class that you are interested in. Specifies the class that you are interested in.
You can pass You can pass
<symbol>TileShape</symbol>, <symbol>TileShape</symbol>,
<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>, <symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
or or
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>. <symbol>StippleShape</symbol>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -2340,7 +2340,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Return the width and height of the object best supported Return the width and height of the object best supported
by the display hardware. by the display hardware.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -2352,29 +2352,29 @@ by the display hardware.
The The
<xref linkend='XQueryBestSize' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XQueryBestSize' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns the best or closest size to the specified size. function returns the best or closest size to the specified size.
For For
<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>, <symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by this is the largest size that can be fully displayed on the screen specified by
which_screen. which_screen.
For For
<symbol>TileShape</symbol>, <symbol>TileShape</symbol>,
this is the size that can be tiled fastest. this is the size that can be tiled fastest.
For For
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>, <symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
this is the size that can be stippled fastest. this is the size that can be stippled fastest.
For For
<symbol>CursorShape</symbol>, <symbol>CursorShape</symbol>,
the drawable indicates the desired screen. the drawable indicates the desired screen.
For For
<symbol>TileShape</symbol> <symbol>TileShape</symbol>
and and
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>, <symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth. the drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
An An
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
window cannot be used as the drawable for window cannot be used as the drawable for
<symbol>TileShape</symbol> <symbol>TileShape</symbol>
or or
<symbol>StippleShape</symbol>, <symbol>StippleShape</symbol>,
or a or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ error results.
can generate can generate
<errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>, <errorname>BadDrawable</errorname>,
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname>, <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>,
and and
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
errors. errors.
</para> </para>
@ -2469,7 +2469,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Return the width and height of the object best supported Return the width and height of the object best supported
by the display hardware. by the display hardware.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -2483,9 +2483,9 @@ The
function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be function returns the best or closest size, that is, the size that can be
tiled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen. tiled fastest on the screen specified by which_screen.
The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth. The drawable indicates the screen and possibly the window class and depth.
If an If an
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
window is used as the drawable, a window is used as the drawable, a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error results. error results.
</para> </para>
@ -2577,7 +2577,7 @@ Specify the width and height.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Return the width and height of the object best supported Return the width and height of the object best supported
by the display hardware. by the display hardware.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -2650,7 +2650,7 @@ Specifies the GC.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC. Specifies the fill tile you want to set for the specified GC.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2807,7 +2807,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates of the tile and stipple origin.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
When graphics requests call for tiling or stippling, When graphics requests call for tiling or stippling,
the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination the parent's origin will be interpreted relative to whatever destination
drawable is specified in the graphics request. drawable is specified in the graphics request.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -2880,7 +2880,7 @@ Specifies the font.
can generate can generate
<errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>, <errorname>BadAlloc</errorname>,
<errorname>BadFont</errorname>, <errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
and and
<errorname>BadGC</errorname> <errorname>BadGC</errorname>
errors. errors.
</para> </para>
@ -2892,7 +2892,7 @@ errors.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set the clip-origin Xlib provides functions that you can use to set the clip-origin
and the clip-mask or set the clip-mask to a list of rectangles. and the clip-mask or set the clip-mask to a list of rectangles.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -2959,7 +2959,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates of the clip-mask origin.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever The clip-mask origin is interpreted relative to the origin of whatever
destination drawable is specified in the graphics request. destination drawable is specified in the graphics request.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -3118,7 +3118,7 @@ Specifies an array of rectangles that define the clip-mask.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the number of rectangles. Specifies the number of rectangles.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -3144,16 +3144,16 @@ or
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XSetClipRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetClipRectangles' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC function changes the clip-mask in the specified GC
to the specified list of rectangles and sets the clip origin. to the specified list of rectangles and sets the clip origin.
The output is clipped to remain contained within the The output is clipped to remain contained within the
rectangles. rectangles.
The clip-origin is interpreted relative to the origin of The clip-origin is interpreted relative to the origin of
whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request. whatever destination drawable is specified in a graphics request.
The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin. The rectangle coordinates are interpreted relative to the clip-origin.
The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or the graphics results will be The rectangles should be nonintersecting, or the graphics results will be
undefined. undefined.
Note that the list of rectangles can be empty, Note that the list of rectangles can be empty,
which effectively disables output. which effectively disables output.
This is the opposite of passing This is the opposite of passing
<symbol>None</symbol> <symbol>None</symbol>
@ -3166,9 +3166,9 @@ and
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If known by the client, ordering relations on the rectangles can be If known by the client, ordering relations on the rectangles can be
specified with the ordering argument. specified with the ordering argument.
This may provide faster operation This may provide faster operation
by the server. by the server.
If an incorrect ordering is specified, the X server may generate a If an incorrect ordering is specified, the X server may generate a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
error, but it is not required to do so. error, but it is not required to do so.
@ -3179,13 +3179,13 @@ means the rectangles are in arbitrary order.
<symbol>YSorted</symbol> <symbol>YSorted</symbol>
means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin. means that the rectangles are nondecreasing in their Y origin.
<symbol>YXSorted</symbol> <symbol>YXSorted</symbol>
additionally constrains additionally constrains
<symbol>YSorted</symbol> <symbol>YSorted</symbol>
order in that all order in that all
rectangles with an equal Y origin are nondecreasing in their X rectangles with an equal Y origin are nondecreasing in their X
origin. origin.
<symbol>YXBanded</symbol> <symbol>YXBanded</symbol>
additionally constrains additionally constrains
<symbol>YXSorted</symbol> <symbol>YXSorted</symbol>
by requiring that, by requiring that,
for every possible Y scanline, all rectangles that include that for every possible Y scanline, all rectangles that include that

534
specs/libX11/CH08.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

104
specs/libX11/CH09.xml
View file

@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ request on it.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The X server performs normal exposure processing on formerly obscured The X server performs normal exposure processing on formerly obscured
windows. windows.
The X server might not generate The X server might not generate
<symbol>Expose</symbol> <symbol>Expose</symbol>
events for regions from the initial events for regions from the initial
<systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem> <systemitem>UnmapWindow</systemitem>
@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ For further information about close-connection processing,
see <link linkend='Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations'>section 2.6</link>. see <link linkend='Using_X_Server_Connection_Close_Operations'>section 2.6</link>.
To allow an application's window to survive when a window manager that To allow an application's window to survive when a window manager that
has reparented a window fails, has reparented a window fails,
Xlib provides the save-set functions that you can Xlib provides the save-set functions that you can
use to control the longevity of subwindows use to control the longevity of subwindows
that are normally destroyed when the parent is destroyed. that are normally destroyed when the parent is destroyed.
For example, a window manager that wants to add decoration For example, a window manager that wants to add decoration
to a window by adding a frame might reparent an application's to a window by adding a frame might reparent an application's
window. window.
When the frame is destroyed, When the frame is destroyed,
the application's window should not be destroyed the application's window should not be destroyed
but be returned to its previous place in the window hierarchy. but be returned to its previous place in the window hierarchy.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ or
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
Depending on the specified mode, Depending on the specified mode,
<xref linkend='XChangeSaveSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XChangeSaveSet' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set. either inserts or deletes the specified window from the client's save-set.
The specified window must have been created by some other client, The specified window must have been created by some other client,
or a or a
<errorname>BadMatch</errorname> <errorname>BadMatch</errorname>
@ -415,7 +415,7 @@ The X server maintains a list of installed colormaps.
Windows using these colormaps are guaranteed to display with Windows using these colormaps are guaranteed to display with
correct colors; windows using other colormaps may or may not display correct colors; windows using other colormaps may or may not display
with correct colors. with correct colors.
Xlib provides functions that you can use to install a colormap, Xlib provides functions that you can use to install a colormap,
uninstall a colormap, and obtain a list of installed colormaps. uninstall a colormap, and obtain a list of installed colormaps.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -430,7 +430,7 @@ The required list is maintained as follows.
When a colormap is specified to When a colormap is specified to
<xref linkend='XInstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XInstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
it is added to the head of the list; it is added to the head of the list;
the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to the list is truncated at the tail, if necessary, to keep its length to
at most M. at most M.
When a colormap is specified to When a colormap is specified to
<xref linkend='XUninstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XUninstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -496,11 +496,11 @@ or
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap, If the specified colormap is not already an installed colormap,
the X server generates a the X server generates a
<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol> <symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
event on each window that has that colormap. event on each window that has that colormap.
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as In addition, for every other colormap that is installed as
a result of a call to a result of a call to
<xref linkend='XInstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XInstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
the X server generates a the X server generates a
@ -560,19 +560,19 @@ The
function removes the specified colormap from the required function removes the specified colormap from the required
list for its screen. list for its screen.
As a result, As a result,
the specified colormap might be uninstalled, the specified colormap might be uninstalled,
and the X server might implicitly install or uninstall additional colormaps. and the X server might implicitly install or uninstall additional colormaps.
Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server dependent Which colormaps get installed or uninstalled is server dependent
except that the required list must remain installed. except that the required list must remain installed.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled, If the specified colormap becomes uninstalled,
the X server generates a the X server generates a
<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol> <symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
event on each window that has that colormap. event on each window that has that colormap.
In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a In addition, for every other colormap that is installed or uninstalled as a
result of a call to result of a call to
<xref linkend='XUninstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XUninstallColormap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
the X server generates a the X server generates a
<symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol> <symbol>ColormapNotify</symbol>
@ -639,7 +639,7 @@ Returns the number of currently installed colormaps.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XListInstalledColormaps' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XListInstalledColormaps' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen function returns a list of the currently installed colormaps for the screen
of the specified window. of the specified window.
The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant The order of the colormaps in the list is not significant
and is no explicit indication of the required list. and is no explicit indication of the required list.
@ -725,7 +725,7 @@ The
function defines the directory search path for font lookup. function defines the directory search path for font lookup.
There is only one search path per X server, not one per client. There is only one search path per X server, not one per client.
The encoding and interpretation of the strings are implementation-dependent, The encoding and interpretation of the strings are implementation-dependent,
but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched but typically they specify directories or font servers to be searched
in the order listed. in the order listed.
An X server is permitted to cache font information internally; An X server is permitted to cache font information internally;
for example, it might cache an entire font from a file and not for example, it might cache an entire font from a file and not
@ -733,7 +733,7 @@ check on subsequent opens of that font to see if the underlying
font file has changed. font file has changed.
However, However,
when the font path is changed, when the font path is changed,
the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts the X server is guaranteed to flush all cached information about fonts
for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated. for which there currently are no explicit resource IDs allocated.
The meaning of an error from this request is implementation-dependent. The meaning of an error from this request is implementation-dependent.
</para> </para>
@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XGrabServer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGrabServer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other function disables processing of requests and close downs on all other
connections than the one this request arrived on. connections than the one this request arrived on.
You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary. You should not grab the X server any more than is absolutely necessary.
</para> </para>
@ -979,13 +979,13 @@ forces a close down of the client
that created the resource that created the resource
if a valid resource is specified. if a valid resource is specified.
If the client has already terminated in If the client has already terminated in
either either
<symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol> <symbol>RetainPermanent</symbol>
or or
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol> <symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
mode, all of the client's mode, all of the client's
resources are destroyed. resources are destroyed.
If If
<symbol>AllTemporary</symbol> <symbol>AllTemporary</symbol>
is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in is specified, the resources of all clients that have terminated in
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol> <symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>
@ -994,8 +994,8 @@ This permits implementation of window manager facilities that aid debugging.
A client can set its close-down mode to A client can set its close-down mode to
<symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>. <symbol>RetainTemporary</symbol>.
If the client then crashes, If the client then crashes,
its windows would not be destroyed. its windows would not be destroyed.
The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree The programmer can then inspect the application's window tree
and use the window manager to destroy the zombie windows. and use the window manager to destroy the zombie windows.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ error.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or reset the mode Xlib provides functions that you can use to set or reset the mode
of the screen saver, to force or activate the screen saver, of the screen saver, to force or activate the screen saver,
or to obtain the current screen saver values. or to obtain the current screen saver values.
</para> </para>
@ -1101,33 +1101,33 @@ or
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
Timeout and interval are specified in seconds. Timeout and interval are specified in seconds.
A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver A timeout of 0 disables the screen saver
(but an activated screen saver is not deactivated), (but an activated screen saver is not deactivated),
and a timeout of &minus;1 restores the default. and a timeout of &minus;1 restores the default.
Other negative values generate a Other negative values generate a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error. error.
If the timeout value is nonzero, If the timeout value is nonzero,
<xref linkend='XSetScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
enables the screen saver. enables the screen saver.
An interval of 0 disables the random-pattern motion. An interval of 0 disables the random-pattern motion.
If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated If no input from devices (keyboard, mouse, and so on) is generated
for the specified number of timeout seconds once the screen saver is enabled, for the specified number of timeout seconds once the screen saver is enabled,
the screen saver is activated. the screen saver is activated.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For each screen, For each screen,
if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking, if blanking is preferred and the hardware supports video blanking,
the screen simply goes blank. the screen simply goes blank.
Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated Otherwise, if either exposures are allowed or the screen can be regenerated
without sending without sending
<symbol>Expose</symbol> <symbol>Expose</symbol>
events to clients, events to clients,
the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly the screen is tiled with the root window background tile randomly
re-origined each interval seconds. re-origined each interval seconds.
Otherwise, the screens' state do not change, Otherwise, the screens' state do not change,
and the screen saver is not activated. and the screen saver is not activated.
The screen saver is deactivated, The screen saver is deactivated,
and all screen states are restored at the next and all screen states are restored at the next
@ -1198,18 +1198,18 @@ or
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
If the specified mode is If the specified mode is
<symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol> <symbol>ScreenSaverActive</symbol>
and the screen saver currently is deactivated, and the screen saver currently is deactivated,
<xref linkend='XForceScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XForceScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
activates the screen saver even if the screen saver had been disabled activates the screen saver even if the screen saver had been disabled
with a timeout of zero. with a timeout of zero.
If the specified mode is If the specified mode is
<symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol> <symbol>ScreenSaverReset</symbol>
and the screen saver currently is enabled, and the screen saver currently is enabled,
<xref linkend='XForceScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XForceScreenSaver' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
deactivates the screen saver if it was activated, deactivates the screen saver if it was activated,
and the activation timer is reset to its initial state and the activation timer is reset to its initial state
(as if device input had been received). (as if device input had been received).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1420,7 +1420,7 @@ DECnet nodes must terminate in :: to distinguish them from Internet hosts.
</itemizedlist> </itemizedlist>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If a host is not in the access control list when the access control If a host is not in the access control list when the access control
mechanism is enabled and if the host attempts to establish a connection, mechanism is enabled and if the host attempts to establish a connection,
the server refuses the connection. the server refuses the connection.
To change the access list, To change the access list,
@ -1445,7 +1445,7 @@ see <olink targetdoc='x11protocol' targetptr='Connection_Setup'
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to add, get, or remove hosts Xlib provides functions that you can use to add, get, or remove hosts
from the access control list. from the access control list.
All the host access control functions use the All the host access control functions use the
<structname>XHostAddress</structname> <structname>XHostAddress</structname>
structure, which contains: structure, which contains:
</para> </para>
@ -1466,7 +1466,7 @@ typedef struct {
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The family member specifies which protocol address family to use The family member specifies which protocol address family to use
(for example, <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym> or DECnet) and can be (for example, <acronym>TCP</acronym>/<acronym>IP</acronym> or DECnet) and can be
<symbol>FamilyInternet</symbol>, <symbol>FamilyInternet</symbol>,
<symbol>FamilyInternet6</symbol>, <symbol>FamilyInternet6</symbol>,
@ -1486,7 +1486,7 @@ family should be FamilyInternet6 and the length should be 16 bytes.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For the DECnet family, For the DECnet family,
the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes. the server performs no automatic swapping on the address bytes.
A Phase IV address is 2 bytes long. A Phase IV address is 2 bytes long.
The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the node number. The first byte contains the least significant 8 bits of the node number.
@ -1496,8 +1496,8 @@ and the area in the most significant 6 bits of the byte.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For the ServerInterpreted family, the length is ignored and the address For the ServerInterpreted family, the length is ignored and the address
member is a pointer to a member is a pointer to a
<structname>XServerInterpretedAddress</structname> <structname>XServerInterpretedAddress</structname>
structure, which contains: structure, which contains:
</para> </para>
@ -1703,12 +1703,12 @@ Returns the state of the access control.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XListHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XListHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use function returns the current access control list as well as whether the use
of the list at connection setup was enabled or disabled. of the list at connection setup was enabled or disabled.
<xref linkend='XListHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XListHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
allows a program to find out what machines can make connections. allows a program to find out what machines can make connections.
It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that It also returns a pointer to a list of host structures that
were allocated by the function. were allocated by the function.
When no longer needed, When no longer needed,
this memory should be freed by calling this memory should be freed by calling
<xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XFree' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -1756,7 +1756,7 @@ Specifies the host that is to be removed.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XRemoveHost' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XRemoveHost' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function removes the specified host from the access control list function removes the specified host from the access control list
for that display. for that display.
The server must be on the same host as the client process, or a The server must be on the same host as the client process, or a
<errorname>BadAccess</errorname> <errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
@ -1828,12 +1828,12 @@ Specifies the number of hosts.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XRemoveHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XRemoveHosts' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function removes each specified host from the access control list for that function removes each specified host from the access control list for that
display. display.
The X server must be on the same host as the client process, or a The X server must be on the same host as the client process, or a
<errorname>BadAccess</errorname> <errorname>BadAccess</errorname>
error results. error results.
If you remove your machine from the access list, If you remove your machine from the access list,
you can no longer connect to that server, you can no longer connect to that server,
and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server. and this operation cannot be reversed unless you reset the server.
</para> </para>
@ -1854,7 +1854,7 @@ errors.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable, disable, Xlib provides functions that you can use to enable, disable,
or change access control. or change access control.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1911,7 +1911,7 @@ or
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XSetAccessControl' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSetAccessControl' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function either enables or disables the use of the access control list function either enables or disables the use of the access control list
at each connection setup. at each connection setup.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>

656
specs/libX11/CH10.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

156
specs/libX11/CH11.xml
View file

@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Specifies the event mask.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XSelectInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSelectInput' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function requests that the X server report the events associated with the function requests that the X server report the events associated with the
specified event mask. specified event mask.
Initially, X will not report any of these events. Initially, X will not report any of these events.
Events are reported relative to a window. Events are reported relative to a window.
@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ the event mask
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Only one client at a time can select a Only one client at a time can select a
<symbol>ButtonPress</symbol> <symbol>ButtonPress</symbol>
event, which is associated with event, which is associated with
the event mask the event mask
@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ These functions differ in the additional tasks they might perform.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To flush the output buffer, use To flush the output buffer, use
<xref linkend='XFlush' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XFlush' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFlush</primary></indexterm>
@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ Events generated by the server may be enqueued into the library's event queue.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To flush the output buffer and then wait until all requests have been processed, To flush the output buffer and then wait until all requests have been processed,
use use
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSync</primary></indexterm>
@ -254,7 +254,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
discards all events on the event queue. discards all events on the event queue.
</para> </para>
@ -274,16 +274,16 @@ For each protocol error received by Xlib,
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
calls the client application's error handling routine calls the client application's error handling routine
(see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>). (see <link linkend="Using_the_Default_Error_Handlers">section 11.8.2</link>).
Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's Any events generated by the server are enqueued into the library's
event queue. event queue.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Finally, if you passed Finally, if you passed
<symbol>False</symbol>, <symbol>False</symbol>,
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
does not discard the events in the queue. does not discard the events in the queue.
If you passed If you passed
<symbol>True</symbol>, <symbol>True</symbol>,
<xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSync' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
discards all events in the queue, discards all events in the queue,
@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ Client applications seldom need to call
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib maintains an event queue. Xlib maintains an event queue.
However, the operating system also may be buffering data However, the operating system also may be buffering data
in its network connection that is not yet read into the event queue. in its network connection that is not yet read into the event queue.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -351,27 +351,27 @@ or
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
If mode is If mode is
<symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>, <symbol>QueuedAlready</symbol>,
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the number of events returns the number of events
already in the event queue (and never performs a system call). already in the event queue (and never performs a system call).
If mode is If mode is
<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>, <symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>,
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero. returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
If there are no events in the queue, If there are no events in the queue,
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
flushes the output buffer, flushes the output buffer,
attempts to read more events out of the application's connection, attempts to read more events out of the application's connection,
and returns the number read. and returns the number read.
If mode is If mode is
<symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>, <symbol>QueuedAfterReading</symbol>,
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero. returns the number of events already in the queue if the number is nonzero.
If there are no events in the queue, If there are no events in the queue,
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
attempts to read more events out of the application's connection attempts to read more events out of the application's connection
without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read. without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -380,7 +380,7 @@ without flushing the output buffer and returns the number read.
always returns immediately without I/O if there are events already in the always returns immediately without I/O if there are events already in the
queue. queue.
<xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XEventsQueued' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
with mode with mode
<symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol> <symbol>QueuedAfterFlush</symbol>
is identical in behavior to is identical in behavior to
<xref linkend='XPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ function.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return the number of events that are pending, use To return the number of events that are pending, use
<xref linkend='XPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XPending' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XPending</primary></indexterm>
@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ structure without removing it from the event queue.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Each of the functions discussed in this section requires you to Each of the functions discussed in this section requires you to
pass a predicate procedure that determines if an event matches pass a predicate procedure that determines if an event matches
what you want. what you want.
Your predicate procedure must decide if the event is useful Your predicate procedure must decide if the event is useful
without calling any Xlib functions. without calling any Xlib functions.
@ -631,7 +631,7 @@ structure.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the argument passed in from the Specifies the argument passed in from the
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XCheckIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XCheckIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
or or
@ -645,8 +645,8 @@ function.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The predicate procedure is called once for each The predicate procedure is called once for each
event in the queue until it finds a match. event in the queue until it finds a match.
After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return After finding a match, the predicate procedure must return
<symbol>True</symbol>. <symbol>True</symbol>.
If it did not find a match, it must return If it did not find a match, it must return
<symbol>False</symbol>. <symbol>False</symbol>.
@ -719,14 +719,14 @@ Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate proced
The The
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function completes only when the specified predicate function completes only when the specified predicate
procedure returns procedure returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
for an event, for an event,
which indicates an event in the queue matches. which indicates an event in the queue matches.
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events. flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.
<xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
removes the matching event from the queue removes the matching event from the queue
and copies the structure into the client-supplied and copies the structure into the client-supplied
<structname>XEvent</structname> <structname>XEvent</structname>
structure. structure.
@ -799,7 +799,7 @@ When the predicate procedure finds a match,
<xref linkend='XCheckIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCheckIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
copies the matched event into the client-supplied copies the matched event into the client-supplied
<structname>XEvent</structname> <structname>XEvent</structname>
structure and returns structure and returns
<symbol>True</symbol>. <symbol>True</symbol>.
(This event is removed from the queue.) (This event is removed from the queue.)
If the predicate procedure finds no match, If the predicate procedure finds no match,
@ -877,7 +877,7 @@ Specifies the user-supplied argument that will be passed to the predicate proced
The The
<xref linkend='XPeekIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XPeekIfEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns only when the specified predicate function returns only when the specified predicate
procedure returns procedure returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
for an event. for an event.
After the predicate procedure finds a match, After the predicate procedure finds a match,
@ -896,7 +896,7 @@ flushes the output buffer if it blocks waiting for additional events.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The functions discussed in this section let you select events by window The functions discussed in this section let you select events by window
or event types, allowing you to process events out of order. or event types, allowing you to process events out of order.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -985,7 +985,7 @@ use
<indexterm><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>XCheckWindowEvent</primary></indexterm>
This function is similar to This function is similar to
<xref linkend='XWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
except that it never blocks and it returns a except that it never blocks and it returns a
<type>Bool</type> <type>Bool</type>
indicating if the event was returned. indicating if the event was returned.
</para> </para>
@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XCheckWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCheckWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function searches the event queue and then the events available function searches the event queue and then the events available
on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified window on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified window
and event mask. and event mask.
If it finds a match, If it finds a match,
@ -1118,7 +1118,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function searches the event queue for the events associated with the function searches the event queue for the events associated with the
specified mask. specified mask.
When it finds a match, When it finds a match,
<xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -1135,9 +1135,9 @@ flushes the output buffer and blocks until one is received.
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return and remove the next event that matches an event mask (if any), use To return and remove the next event that matches an event mask (if any), use
<xref linkend='XCheckMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XCheckMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
This function is similar to This function is similar to
<xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XMaskEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
except that it never blocks and it returns a except that it never blocks and it returns a
<type>Bool</type> <type>Bool</type>
indicating if the event was returned. indicating if the event was returned.
</para> </para>
@ -1259,7 +1259,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCheckTypedEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function searches the event queue and then any events available function searches the event queue and then any events available
on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type. on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified type.
If it finds a match, If it finds a match,
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCheckTypedEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -1277,7 +1277,7 @@ and the output buffer will have been flushed.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type To return and remove the next event in the queue that matches an event type
and a window, use and a window, use
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XCheckTypedWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
@ -1341,7 +1341,7 @@ Returns the matched event's associated structure.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XCheckTypedWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XCheckTypedWindowEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function searches the event queue and then any events available function searches the event queue and then any events available
on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified on the server connection for the first event that matches the specified
type and window. type and window.
If it finds a match, If it finds a match,
@ -1429,7 +1429,7 @@ For example, the owner of a selection should use
<xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
to send a to send a
<symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol> <symbol>SelectionNotify</symbol>
event to a requestor when a selection has been converted event to a requestor when a selection has been converted
and stored as a property. and stored as a property.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XSendEvent</primary></indexterm>
@ -1505,8 +1505,8 @@ Specifies the event that is to be sent.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function identifies the destination window, function identifies the destination window,
determines which clients should receive the specified events, determines which clients should receive the specified events,
and ignores any active grabs. and ignores any active grabs.
This function requires you to pass an event mask. This function requires you to pass an event mask.
For a discussion of the valid event mask names, For a discussion of the valid event mask names,
@ -1525,8 +1525,8 @@ the destination window is the window that contains the pointer.
<para> <para>
If w is If w is
<symbol>InputFocus</symbol> <symbol>InputFocus</symbol>
and if the focus window contains the pointer, and if the focus window contains the pointer,
the destination window is the window that contains the pointer; the destination window is the window that contains the pointer;
otherwise, the destination window is the focus window. otherwise, the destination window is the focus window.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ no event is sent.
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If propagate is If propagate is
<symbol>False</symbol>, <symbol>False</symbol>,
the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event the event is sent to every client selecting on destination any of the event
types in the event_mask argument. types in the event_mask argument.
@ -1556,15 +1556,15 @@ types in the event_mask argument.
</listitem> </listitem>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
If propagate is If propagate is
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
and no clients have selected on destination any of and no clients have selected on destination any of
the event types in event-mask, the destination is replaced with the the event types in event-mask, the destination is replaced with the
closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a closest ancestor of destination for which some client has selected a
type in event-mask and for which no intervening window has that type in its type in event-mask and for which no intervening window has that type in its
do-not-propagate-mask. do-not-propagate-mask.
If no such window exists or if the window is If no such window exists or if the window is
an ancestor of the focus window and an ancestor of the focus window and
<symbol>InputFocus</symbol> <symbol>InputFocus</symbol>
was originally specified was originally specified
as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients. as the destination, the event is not sent to any clients.
@ -1578,10 +1578,10 @@ destination any of the types specified in event_mask.
The event in the The event in the
<structname>XEvent</structname> <structname>XEvent</structname>
structure must be one of the core events or one of the events structure must be one of the core events or one of the events
defined by an extension (or a defined by an extension (or a
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap error results) so that the X server can correctly byte-swap
the contents as necessary. the contents as necessary.
The contents of the event are The contents of the event are
otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to otherwise unaltered and unchecked by the X server except to force send_event to
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
@ -1601,7 +1601,7 @@ and returns nonzero otherwise.
<xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XSendEvent' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
can generate can generate
<errorname>BadValue</errorname> <errorname>BadValue</errorname>
and and
<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> <errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
errors. errors.
</para> </para>
@ -1620,13 +1620,13 @@ stored in a buffer for later retrieval.
This buffer is called the motion history buffer. This buffer is called the motion history buffer.
For example, a few applications, such as paint programs, For example, a few applications, such as paint programs,
want to have a precise history of where the pointer want to have a precise history of where the pointer
traveled. traveled.
However, this historical information is highly excessive for most applications. However, this historical information is highly excessive for most applications.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer, To determine the approximate maximum number of elements in the motion buffer,
use use
<function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>. <function>XDisplayMotionBufferSize</function>.
</para> </para>
@ -1746,9 +1746,9 @@ function returns all events in the motion history buffer that fall between the
specified start and stop times, inclusive, and that have coordinates specified start and stop times, inclusive, and that have coordinates
that lie within the specified window (including its borders) at its present that lie within the specified window (including its borders) at its present
placement. placement.
If the server does not support motion history, If the server does not support motion history,
if the start time is later than the stop time, if the start time is later than the stop time,
or if the start time is in the future, or if the start time is in the future,
no events are returned; no events are returned;
<xref linkend='XGetMotionEvents' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetMotionEvents' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns NULL. returns NULL.
@ -1772,7 +1772,7 @@ typedef struct {
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds. The time member is set to the time, in milliseconds.
The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and The x and y members are set to the coordinates of the pointer and
are reported relative to the origin are reported relative to the origin
of the specified window. of the specified window.
@ -1804,15 +1804,15 @@ and to use the default error handlers.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
When debugging X applications, When debugging X applications,
it often is very convenient to require Xlib to behave synchronously it often is very convenient to require Xlib to behave synchronously
so that errors are reported as they occur. so that errors are reported as they occur.
The following function lets you disable or enable synchronous behavior. The following function lets you disable or enable synchronous behavior.
Note that graphics may occur 30 or more times more slowly when Note that graphics may occur 30 or more times more slowly when
synchronization is enabled. synchronization is enabled.
<indexterm><primary>_Xdebug</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>_Xdebug</primary></indexterm>
On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems, On <acronym>POSIX</acronym>-conformant systems,
there is also a global variable there is also a global variable
<varname>_Xdebug</varname> <varname>_Xdebug</varname>
that, if set to nonzero before starting a program under a debugger, will force that, if set to nonzero before starting a program under a debugger, will force
synchronous library behavior. synchronous library behavior.
@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ returns the previous after function.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
To enable or disable synchronization, use To enable or disable synchronization, use
<function>XSynchronize</function>. <function>XSynchronize</function>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>synchronous mode</secondary></indexterm>
@ -1897,7 +1897,7 @@ Specifies the connection to the X server.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable Specifies a Boolean value that indicates whether to enable
or disable synchronization. or disable synchronization.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1908,9 +1908,9 @@ or disable synchronization.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<function>XSynchronize</function> <function>XSynchronize</function>
function returns function returns
the previous after function. the previous after function.
If onoff is If onoff is
<symbol>True</symbol>, <symbol>True</symbol>,
<function>XSynchronize</function> <function>XSynchronize</function>
turns on synchronous behavior. turns on synchronous behavior.
@ -1929,9 +1929,9 @@ turns off synchronous behavior.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error handlers</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error handlers</secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>handlers</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Error</primary><secondary>handlers</secondary></indexterm>
There are two default error handlers in Xlib: There are two default error handlers in Xlib:
one to handle typically fatal conditions (for example, one to handle typically fatal conditions (for example,
the connection to a display server dying because a machine crashed) the connection to a display server dying because a machine crashed)
and one to handle protocol errors from the X server. and one to handle protocol errors from the X server.
These error handlers can be changed to user-supplied routines if you These error handlers can be changed to user-supplied routines if you
prefer your own error handling and can be changed as often as you like. prefer your own error handling and can be changed as often as you like.
@ -1986,7 +1986,7 @@ errors from a
protocol request. protocol request.
These errors generally are reflected back to the program through the These errors generally are reflected back to the program through the
procedural interface. procedural interface.
Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal, Because this condition is not assumed to be fatal,
it is acceptable for your error handler to return; it is acceptable for your error handler to return;
the returned value is ignored. the returned value is ignored.
However, the error handler should not However, the error handler should not
@ -1996,7 +1996,7 @@ The previous error handler is returned.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The The
<structname>XErrorEvent</structname> <structname>XErrorEvent</structname>
structure contains: structure contains:
<indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error event</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Debugging</primary><secondary>error event</secondary></indexterm>
@ -2021,13 +2021,13 @@ typedef struct {
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<indexterm><primary>Serial Number</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Serial Number</primary></indexterm>
The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one, The serial member is the number of requests, starting from one,
sent over the network connection since it was opened. sent over the network connection since it was opened.
It is the number that was the value of It is the number that was the value of
<function>NextRequest</function> <function>NextRequest</function>
immediately before the failing call was made. immediately before the failing call was made.
The request_code member is a protocol request The request_code member is a protocol request
of the procedure that failed, as defined in of the procedure that failed, as defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>. <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xproto.h&gt;</filename>.
The following error codes can be returned by the functions described in this The following error codes can be returned by the functions described in this
chapter: chapter:
@ -2113,7 +2113,7 @@ chapter:
<entry><errorname id='BadGC'>BadGC</errorname></entry> <entry><errorname id='BadGC'>BadGC</errorname></entry>
<entry>A value for a <entry>A value for a
<type>GContext</type> <type>GContext</type>
argument does not name a defined argument does not name a defined
<type>GContext</type>.</entry> <type>GContext</type>.</entry>
</row> </row>
<row> <row>
@ -2192,7 +2192,7 @@ chapter:
<note> <note>
<para> <para>
The The
<errorname>BadAtom</errorname>, <errorname>BadAtom</errorname>,
<errorname>BadColor</errorname>, <errorname>BadColor</errorname>,
<errorname>BadCursor</errorname>, <errorname>BadCursor</errorname>,
@ -2200,7 +2200,7 @@ The
<errorname>BadFont</errorname>, <errorname>BadFont</errorname>,
<errorname>BadGC</errorname>, <errorname>BadGC</errorname>,
<errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>, <errorname>BadPixmap</errorname>,
and and
<errorname>BadWindow</errorname> <errorname>BadWindow</errorname>
errors are also used when the argument type is extended by a set of errors are also used when the argument type is extended by a set of
fixed alternatives. fixed alternatives.
@ -2211,7 +2211,7 @@ fixed alternatives.
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use To obtain textual descriptions of the specified error code, use
<xref linkend='XGetErrorText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XGetErrorText' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XGetErrorText</primary></indexterm>
@ -2418,7 +2418,7 @@ the major request protocol number is used for the message argument.
For an extension request, For an extension request,
the extension name (as given by the extension name (as given by
<function>InitExtension</function>) <function>InitExtension</function>)
followed by a period (.) and the minor request protocol number followed by a period (.) and the minor request protocol number
is used for the message argument. is used for the message argument.
If no string is found in the error database, If no string is found in the error database,
the default_string is returned to the buffer argument. the default_string is returned to the buffer argument.
@ -2459,7 +2459,7 @@ Specifies the character string.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XDisplayName' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDisplayName' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns the name of the display that function returns the name of the display that
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
would attempt to use. would attempt to use.
If a NULL string is specified, If a NULL string is specified,

414
specs/libX11/CH12.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

754
specs/libX11/CH13.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

586
specs/libX11/CH14.xml
View file

File diff suppressed because it is too large Load diff

120
specs/libX11/CH15.xml
View file

@ -28,11 +28,11 @@ and in server properties.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The resource manager is a database manager with a twist. The resource manager is a database manager with a twist.
In most database systems, In most database systems,
you perform a query using an imprecise specification, you perform a query using an imprecise specification,
and you get back a set of records. and you get back a set of records.
The resource manager, however, allows you to specify a large The resource manager, however, allows you to specify a large
set of values with an imprecise specification, to query the database set of values with an imprecise specification, to query the database
with a precise specification, and to get back only a single value. with a precise specification, and to get back only a single value.
This should be used by applications that need to know what the This should be used by applications that need to know what the
user prefers for colors, fonts, and other resources. user prefers for colors, fonts, and other resources.
@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ although the resource manager can be and is used in other ways.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
For example, For example,
a user of your application may want to specify a user of your application may want to specify
that all windows should have a blue background that all windows should have a blue background
but that all mail-reading windows should have a red background. but that all mail-reading windows should have a red background.
With well-engineered and coordinated applications, With well-engineered and coordinated applications,
a user can define this information using only two lines of specifications. a user can define this information using only two lines of specifications.
@ -75,24 +75,24 @@ and the first letter of name components is in lowercase.
Each name and class finally has an attribute Each name and class finally has an attribute
(for example, "foreground" or "font"). (for example, "foreground" or "font").
If each window is properly assigned a name and class, If each window is properly assigned a name and class,
it is easy for the user to specify attributes of any portion it is easy for the user to specify attributes of any portion
of the application. of the application.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
At the top level, At the top level,
the application might consist of a paned window (that is, a window divided the application might consist of a paned window (that is, a window divided
into several sections) named "toc". into several sections) named "toc".
One pane of the paned window is a button box window named "buttons" One pane of the paned window is a button box window named "buttons"
and is filled with command buttons. and is filled with command buttons.
One of these command buttons is used to incorporate One of these command buttons is used to incorporate
new mail and has the name "incorporate". new mail and has the name "incorporate".
This window has a fully qualified name, "xmh.toc.buttons.incorporate", This window has a fully qualified name, "xmh.toc.buttons.incorporate",
and a fully qualified class, "Xmh.Paned.Box.Command". and a fully qualified class, "Xmh.Paned.Box.Command".
Its fully qualified name is the name of its parent, "xmh.toc.buttons", Its fully qualified name is the name of its parent, "xmh.toc.buttons",
followed by its name, "incorporate". followed by its name, "incorporate".
Its class is the class of its parent, "Xmh.Paned.Box", Its class is the class of its parent, "Xmh.Paned.Box",
followed by its particular class, "Command". followed by its particular class, "Command".
The fully qualified name of a resource is The fully qualified name of a resource is
the attribute's name appended to the object's fully qualified the attribute's name appended to the object's fully qualified
name, and the fully qualified class is its class appended to the object's name, and the fully qualified class is its class appended to the object's
@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ class.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The incorporate button might need the following resources: The incorporate button might need the following resources:
Title string, Title string,
Font, Font,
Foreground color for its inactive state, Foreground color for its inactive state,
@ -337,12 +337,12 @@ Most uses of the resource manager involve defining names,
classes, and representation types as string constants. classes, and representation types as string constants.
However, always referring to strings in the resource manager can be slow, However, always referring to strings in the resource manager can be slow,
because it is so heavily used in some toolkits. because it is so heavily used in some toolkits.
To solve this problem, To solve this problem,
a shorthand for a string is used in place of the string a shorthand for a string is used in place of the string
in many of the resource manager functions. in many of the resource manager functions.
Simple comparisons can be performed rather than string comparisons. Simple comparisons can be performed rather than string comparisons.
The shorthand name for a string is called a quark and is the The shorthand name for a string is called a quark and is the
type type
<type>XrmQuark</type>. <type>XrmQuark</type>.
On some occasions, On some occasions,
you may want to allocate a quark that has no string equivalent. you may want to allocate a quark that has no string equivalent.
@ -471,7 +471,7 @@ all future calls will return the same value (identical address).
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To convert a quark to a string, use To convert a quark to a string, use
<xref linkend='XrmQuarkToString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XrmQuarkToString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ Specifies the string for which a quark list is to be allocated.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns the list of quarks. Returns the list of quarks.
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
<xref linkend='XrmStringToQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XrmStringToQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -569,7 +569,7 @@ The
<xref linkend='XrmStringToQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmStringToQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function converts the null-terminated string (generally a fully qualified name) function converts the null-terminated string (generally a fully qualified name)
to a list of quarks. to a list of quarks.
Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format Note that the string must be in the valid ResourceName format
(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>). (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding, If the string is not in the Host Portable Character Encoding,
the conversion is implementation-dependent. the conversion is implementation-dependent.
@ -630,7 +630,7 @@ Specifies the string for which a quark list is to be allocated.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns the binding list. Returns the binding list.
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
<xref linkend='XrmStringToBindingQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XrmStringToBindingQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -642,7 +642,7 @@ The caller must allocate sufficient space for the binding list before calling
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns the list of quarks. Returns the list of quarks.
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
<xref linkend='XrmStringToBindingQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XrmStringToBindingQuarkList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -651,11 +651,11 @@ The caller must allocate sufficient space for the quarks list before calling
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
Component names in the list are separated by a period or Component names in the list are separated by a period or
an asterisk character. an asterisk character.
The string must be in the format of a valid ResourceName The string must be in the format of a valid ResourceName
(see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>). (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>).
If the string does not start with a period or an asterisk, If the string does not start with a period or an asterisk,
a tight binding is assumed. a tight binding is assumed.
For example, the string ``*a.b*c'' becomes: For example, the string ``*a.b*c'' becomes:
</para> </para>
@ -684,9 +684,9 @@ Each database value is stored in an
structure. structure.
This structure consists of a size, an address, and a representation type. This structure consists of a size, an address, and a representation type.
The size is specified in bytes. The size is specified in bytes.
The representation type is a way for you to store data tagged by some The representation type is a way for you to store data tagged by some
application-defined type (for example, the strings ``font'' or ``color''). application-defined type (for example, the strings ``font'' or ``color'').
It has nothing to do with the C data type or with its class. It has nothing to do with the C data type or with its class.
The The
<type>XrmValue</type> <type>XrmValue</type>
structure is defined as: structure is defined as:
@ -759,7 +759,7 @@ The specified file should contain a sequence of entries in valid ResourceLine
format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>); format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>);
the database that results from reading a file the database that results from reading a file
with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent. with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
The file is parsed in the current locale, The file is parsed in the current locale,
and the database is created in the current locale. and the database is created in the current locale.
If it cannot open the specified file, If it cannot open the specified file,
<xref linkend='XrmGetFileDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmGetFileDatabase' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -855,7 +855,7 @@ function returns the RESOURCE_MANAGER property from the server's root
window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using window of screen zero, which was returned when the connection was opened using
<xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XOpenDisplay' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale. The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
The conversion is identical to that produced by The conversion is identical to that produced by
<xref linkend='XmbTextPropertyToTextList' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XmbTextPropertyToTextList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
for a single element STRING property. for a single element STRING property.
The returned string is owned by Xlib and should not be freed by the client. The returned string is owned by Xlib and should not be freed by the client.
@ -898,7 +898,7 @@ The
function returns the SCREEN_RESOURCES property from the root window of the function returns the SCREEN_RESOURCES property from the root window of the
specified screen. specified screen.
The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale. The property is converted from type STRING to the current locale.
The conversion is identical to that produced by The conversion is identical to that produced by
<xref linkend='XmbTextPropertyToTextList' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XmbTextPropertyToTextList' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
for a single element STRING property. for a single element STRING property.
The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to The property value must be in a format that is acceptable to
@ -950,7 +950,7 @@ format (see <link linkend="Resource_File_Syntax">section 15.1</link>)
terminated by a null character; terminated by a null character;
the database that results from using a string the database that results from using a string
with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent. with incorrect syntax is implementation-dependent.
The string is parsed in the current locale, The string is parsed in the current locale,
and the database is created in the current locale. and the database is created in the current locale.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1150,7 +1150,7 @@ Specifies the resource database file name.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the resource database into which the source Specifies the resource database into which the source
database is to be merged. database is to be merged.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1224,7 +1224,7 @@ Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the resource database into which the source Specifies the resource database into which the source
database is to be merged. database is to be merged.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1294,7 +1294,7 @@ Specifies the resource database that is to be merged into the target database.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the resource database into which the source Specifies the resource database into which the source
database is to be merged. database is to be merged.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1457,14 +1457,14 @@ Returns the value in the database.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and and
<xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
functions retrieve a resource from the specified database. functions retrieve a resource from the specified database.
Both take a fully qualified name/class pair, a destination Both take a fully qualified name/class pair, a destination
resource representation, and the address of a value resource representation, and the address of a value
(size/address pair). (size/address pair).
The value and returned type point into database memory; The value and returned type point into database memory;
therefore, you must not modify the data. therefore, you must not modify the data.
</para> </para>
@ -1473,18 +1473,18 @@ therefore, you must not modify the data.
The database only frees or overwrites entries on The database only frees or overwrites entries on
<xref linkend='XrmPutResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XrmPutResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XrmQPutResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XrmQPutResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
or or
<xref linkend='XrmMergeDatabases' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XrmMergeDatabases' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
A client that is not storing new values into the database or A client that is not storing new values into the database or
is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed is not merging the database should be safe using the address passed
back at any time until it exits. back at any time until it exits.
If a resource was found, both If a resource was found, both
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and and
<xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
return return
<symbol>True</symbol>; <symbol>True</symbol>;
otherwise, they return otherwise, they return
<symbol>False</symbol>. <symbol>False</symbol>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1493,9 +1493,9 @@ otherwise, they return
Most applications and toolkits do not make random probes Most applications and toolkits do not make random probes
into a resource database to fetch resources. into a resource database to fetch resources.
The X toolkit access pattern for a resource database is quite stylized. The X toolkit access pattern for a resource database is quite stylized.
A series of from 1 to 20 probes is made with only the A series of from 1 to 20 probes is made with only the
last name/class differing in each probe. last name/class differing in each probe.
The The
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function is at worst a function is at worst a
2<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript> algorithm, 2<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript> algorithm,
@ -1560,7 +1560,7 @@ Specifies a list of resource classes.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Returns a search list for further use. Returns a search list for further use.
The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling The caller must allocate sufficient space for the list before calling
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>. <function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1584,12 +1584,12 @@ The
function takes a list of names and classes function takes a list of names and classes
and returns a list of database levels where a match might occur. and returns a list of database levels where a match might occur.
The returned list is in best-to-worst order and The returned list is in best-to-worst order and
uses the same algorithm as uses the same algorithm as
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
for determining precedence. for determining precedence.
If list_return was large enough for the search list, If list_return was large enough for the search list,
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function> <function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
returns returns
<symbol>True</symbol>; <symbol>True</symbol>;
otherwise, it returns otherwise, it returns
<symbol>False</symbol>. <symbol>False</symbol>.
@ -1597,7 +1597,7 @@ otherwise, it returns
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The size of the search list that the caller must allocate is The size of the search list that the caller must allocate is
dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers dependent upon the number of levels and wildcards in the resource specifiers
that are stored in the database. that are stored in the database.
The worst case length is The worst case length is
3<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript>, 3<superscript><emphasis remap='I'>n</emphasis></superscript>,
@ -1606,10 +1606,10 @@ components in names or classes.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
When using When using
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function> <function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix, followed by multiple probes for resources with a common name and class prefix,
only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to only the common prefix should be specified in the name and class list to
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>. <function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -1689,11 +1689,11 @@ Returns the value in the database.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function searches the specified database levels for the resource function searches the specified database levels for the resource
that is fully identified by the specified name and class. that is fully identified by the specified name and class.
The search stops with the first match. The search stops with the first match.
<xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
if the resource was found; if the resource was found;
otherwise, it returns otherwise, it returns
@ -1701,14 +1701,14 @@ otherwise, it returns
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
A call to A call to
<function>XrmQGetSearchList</function> <function>XrmQGetSearchList</function>
with a name and class list containing all but the last component with a name and class list containing all but the last component
of a resource name followed by a call to of a resource name followed by a call to
<xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmQGetSearchResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as with the last component name and class returns the same database entry as
<xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and and
<xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XrmQGetResource' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
with the fully qualified name and class. with the fully qualified name and class.
</para> </para>
@ -2275,7 +2275,7 @@ typedef enum {
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
Note that Note that
<constant>XrmoptionSkipArg</constant> <constant>XrmoptionSkipArg</constant>
is equivalent to is equivalent to
<constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant> <constant>XrmoptionSkipNArgs</constant>
with the with the
<structname>XrmOptionDescRec</structname>.<structfield>value</structfield> <structname>XrmOptionDescRec</structname>.<structfield>value</structfield>
@ -2295,7 +2295,7 @@ typedef struct {
char *option; /* Option specification string in argv */ char *option; /* Option specification string in argv */
char *specifier; /* Binding and resource name (sans application name) */ char *specifier; /* Binding and resource name (sans application name) */
XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Which style of option it is */ XrmOptionKind argKind; /* Which style of option it is */
XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or XPointer value; /* Value to provide if XrmoptionNoArg or
\ \ \ XrmoptionSkipNArgs */ \ \ \ XrmoptionSkipNArgs */
} XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList; } XrmOptionDescRec, *XrmOptionDescList;
</literallayout> </literallayout>
@ -2405,8 +2405,8 @@ Recognized options in the table are removed from argv,
and entries are added to the specified resource database and entries are added to the specified resource database
in the order they occur in argv. in the order they occur in argv.
The table entries contain information on the option string, The table entries contain information on the option string,
the option name, the style of option, the option name, the style of option,
and a value to provide if the option kind is and a value to provide if the option kind is
<constant>XrmoptionNoArg</constant>. <constant>XrmoptionNoArg</constant>.
The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv, The option names are compared byte-for-byte to arguments in argv,
independent of any locale. independent of any locale.
@ -2467,18 +2467,18 @@ static XrmOptionDescRec opTable[] = {
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
In this table, if the -background (or -bg) option is used to set In this table, if the -background (or -bg) option is used to set
background colors, the stored resource specifier matches all background colors, the stored resource specifier matches all
resources of attribute background. resources of attribute background.
If the -borderwidth option is used, If the -borderwidth option is used,
the stored resource specifier applies only to border width the stored resource specifier applies only to border width
attributes of class TopLevelShell (that is, outer-most windows, including attributes of class TopLevelShell (that is, outer-most windows, including
pop-up windows). pop-up windows).
If the -title option is used to set a window name, If the -title option is used to set a window name,
only the topmost application windows receive the resource. only the topmost application windows receive the resource.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
When parsing the command line, When parsing the command line,
any unique unambiguous abbreviation for an option name in the table is any unique unambiguous abbreviation for an option name in the table is
considered a match for the option. considered a match for the option.
Note that uppercase and lowercase matter. Note that uppercase and lowercase matter.
<!-- .bp --> <!-- .bp -->

166
specs/libX11/CH16.xml
View file

@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ Use the context manager
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
As a group, As a group,
the functions discussed in this chapter provide the functionality that the functions discussed in this chapter provide the functionality that
is frequently needed and that spans toolkits. is frequently needed and that spans toolkits.
Many of these functions do not generate actual protocol requests to the server. Many of these functions do not generate actual protocol requests to the server.
</para> </para>
@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ To obtain a KeySym for the KeyCode of an event, use
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the Specifies the
<symbol>KeyPress</symbol> <symbol>KeyPress</symbol>
or or
<symbol>KeyRelease</symbol> <symbol>KeyRelease</symbol>
@ -403,7 +403,7 @@ Standard KeySym names are obtained from
by removing the XK_ prefix from each name. by removing the XK_ prefix from each name.
KeySyms that are not part of the Xlib standard also may be obtained KeySyms that are not part of the Xlib standard also may be obtained
with this function. with this function.
The set of KeySyms that are available in this manner The set of KeySyms that are available in this manner
and the mechanisms by which Xlib obtains them is implementation-dependent. and the mechanisms by which Xlib obtains them is implementation-dependent.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -458,7 +458,7 @@ returns a NULL.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
You may want to test if a KeySym is, for example, You may want to test if a KeySym is, for example,
on the keypad or on one of the function keys. on the keypad or on one of the function keys.
You can use KeySym macros to perform the following tests. You can use KeySym macros to perform the following tests.
</para> </para>
@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsFunctionKey</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>
Returns Returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
if the specified KeySym is a function key. if the specified KeySym is a function key.
</para> </para>
@ -586,7 +586,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsMiscFunctionKey</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsMiscFunctionKey</primary></indexterm>
Returns Returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
if the specified KeySym is a miscellaneous function key. if the specified KeySym is a miscellaneous function key.
</para> </para>
@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsModifierKey</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsModifierKey</primary></indexterm>
Returns Returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
if the specified KeySym is a modifier key. if the specified KeySym is a modifier key.
</para> </para>
@ -636,7 +636,7 @@ Specifies the KeySym that is to be tested.
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPFKey</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>IsPFKey</primary></indexterm>
Returns Returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
if the specified KeySym is a PF key. if the specified KeySym is a PF key.
</para> </para>
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ Returns the KeySym computed from the event if this argument is not NULL.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies or returns the Specifies or returns the
<structname>XComposeStatus</structname> <structname>XComposeStatus</structname>
structure or NULL. structure or NULL.
</para> </para>
@ -848,7 +848,7 @@ Specifies the number of modifiers in the modifier list.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by Specifies the string that is copied and will be returned by
<xref linkend='XLookupString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XLookupString' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -1004,7 +1004,7 @@ Specifically, this function lets you parse strings of the form:
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .\" Start marker code here --> <!-- .\" Start marker code here -->
<literallayout class="monospaced"> <literallayout class="monospaced">
[=][&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>&gt;{xX}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>&gt;][{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>xoffset</emphasis>&gt;{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>yoffset</emphasis>&gt;] [=][&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>width</emphasis>&gt;{xX}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>height</emphasis>&gt;][{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>xoffset</emphasis>&gt;{+-}&lt;<emphasis remap='I'>yoffset</emphasis>&gt;]
</literallayout> </literallayout>
<!-- .\" End marker code here --> <!-- .\" End marker code here -->
</para> </para>
@ -1022,8 +1022,8 @@ the result is implementation-dependent.
The The
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values (width, function returns a bitmask that indicates which of the four values (width,
height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string height, xoffset, and yoffset) were actually found in the string
and whether the x and y values are negative. and whether the x and y values are negative.
By convention, &minus;0 is not equal to +0, because the user needs to By convention, &minus;0 is not equal to +0, because the user needs to
be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.'' be able to say ``position the window relative to the right or bottom edge.''
For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated. For each value found, the corresponding argument is updated.
@ -1036,19 +1036,19 @@ The bits are represented by
<symbol>XNegative</symbol>, <symbol>XNegative</symbol>,
or or
<symbol>YNegative</symbol> <symbol>YNegative</symbol>
and are defined in and are defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>. <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Headers</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
They will be set whenever one of the values is defined They will be set whenever one of the values is defined
or one of the signs is set. or one of the signs is set.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
If the function returns either the If the function returns either the
<symbol>XValue</symbol> <symbol>XValue</symbol>
or or
<symbol>YValue</symbol> <symbol>YValue</symbol>
flag, flag,
you should place the window at the requested position. you should place the window at the requested position.
@ -1195,12 +1195,12 @@ Returns the window gravity.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XWMGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XWMGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by function combines any geometry information (given in the format used by
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>) <xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>)
specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints specified by the user and by the calling program with size hints
(usually the ones to be stored in <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>) and returns the position, (usually the ones to be stored in <property>WM_NORMAL_HINTS</property>) and returns the position,
size, and gravity size, and gravity
(<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>, (<symbol>NorthWestGravity</symbol>,
<symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol>, <symbol>NorthEastGravity</symbol>,
@ -1208,26 +1208,26 @@ size, and gravity
or or
<symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol>) <symbol>SouthWestGravity</symbol>)
that describe the window. that describe the window.
If the base size is not set in the If the base size is not set in the
<structname>XSizeHints</structname> <structname>XSizeHints</structname>
structure, structure,
the minimum size is used if set. the minimum size is used if set.
Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed. Otherwise, a base size of zero is assumed.
If no minimum size is set in the hints structure, If no minimum size is set in the hints structure,
the base size is used. the base size is used.
A mask (in the form returned by A mask (in the form returned by
<xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>) <xref linkend='XParseGeometry' xrefstyle='select: title'/>)
that describes which values came from the user specification that describes which values came from the user specification
and whether or not the position coordinates are relative and whether or not the position coordinates are relative
to the right and bottom edges is returned. to the right and bottom edges is returned.
Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for Note that these coordinates will have already been accounted for
in the x_return and y_return values. in the x_return and y_return values.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height Note that invalid geometry specifications can cause a width or height
of zero to be returned. of zero to be returned.
The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field The caller may pass the address of the hints win_gravity field
as gravity_return to update the hints directly. as gravity_return to update the hints directly.
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
@ -1240,9 +1240,9 @@ as gravity_return to update the hints directly.
<para> <para>
Regions are arbitrary sets of pixel locations. Regions are arbitrary sets of pixel locations.
Xlib provides functions for manipulating regions. Xlib provides functions for manipulating regions.
The opaque type The opaque type
<structname>Region</structname> <structname>Region</structname>
is defined in is defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>. <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename>.
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xutil.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
<indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Files</primary><secondary><filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xutil.h&gt;</filename></secondary></indexterm>
@ -1332,7 +1332,7 @@ Specifies an array of points.
</term> </term>
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the number of points in the polygon. Specifies the number of points in the polygon.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -1343,7 +1343,7 @@ Specifies the number of points in the polygon.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC. Specifies the fill-rule you want to set for the specified GC.
You can pass You can pass
<symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol> <symbol>EvenOddRule</symbol>
or or
<symbol>WindingRule</symbol>. <symbol>WindingRule</symbol>.
@ -1461,7 +1461,7 @@ Specifies the region.
<!-- .XE --> <!-- .XE -->
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
To move a region by a specified amount, use To move a region by a specified amount, use
<xref linkend='XOffsetRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XOffsetRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XOffsetRegion</primary></indexterm>
@ -1564,7 +1564,7 @@ which define the amount you want to shrink the specified region.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
Positive values shrink the size of the region, Positive values shrink the size of the region,
and negative values expand the region. and negative values expand the region.
</para> </para>
</sect2> </sect2>
@ -1837,7 +1837,7 @@ function subtracts srb from sra and stores the results in dr_return.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To calculate the difference between the union and intersection To calculate the difference between the union and intersection
of two regions, use of two regions, use
<xref linkend='XXorRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XXorRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
@ -2038,7 +2038,7 @@ Specify the x and y coordinates, which define the point.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XPointInRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XPointInRegion' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns function returns
<symbol>True</symbol> <symbol>True</symbol>
if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r. if the point (x, y) is contained in the region r.
</para> </para>
@ -2159,7 +2159,7 @@ and can be accessed as a ring or as explicit buffers (numbered 0 through 7).
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To store data in cut buffer 0, use To store data in cut buffer 0, use
<xref linkend='XStoreBytes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XStoreBytes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XStoreBytes</primary></indexterm>
@ -2298,7 +2298,7 @@ error.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return data from cut buffer 0, use To return data from cut buffer 0, use
<xref linkend='XFetchBytes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XFetchBytes' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBytes</primary></indexterm>
@ -2350,7 +2350,7 @@ The client must free this storage when finished with it by calling
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To return data from a specified cut buffer, use To return data from a specified cut buffer, use
<xref linkend='XFetchBuffer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XFetchBuffer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XFetchBuffer</primary></indexterm>
@ -2401,14 +2401,14 @@ Specifies the buffer from which you want the stored data returned.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XFetchBuffer' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFetchBuffer' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument function returns zero to the nbytes_return argument
if there is no data in the buffer or if an invalid if there is no data in the buffer or if an invalid
buffer is specified. buffer is specified.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To rotate the cut buffers, use To rotate the cut buffers, use
<xref linkend='XRotateBuffers' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XRotateBuffers' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>XRotateBuffers</primary></indexterm>
@ -2449,7 +2449,7 @@ Specifies how much to rotate the cut buffers.
The The
<xref linkend='XRotateBuffers' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XRotateBuffers' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function rotates the cut function rotates the cut
buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n, buffers, such that buffer 0 becomes buffer n,
buffer 1 becomes n + 1 mod 8, and so on. buffer 1 becomes n + 1 mod 8, and so on.
This cut buffer numbering is global to the display. This cut buffer numbering is global to the display.
Note that Note that
@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ errors if any of the eight buffers have not been created.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
A single display can support multiple screens. A single display can support multiple screens.
Each screen can have several different visual types supported Each screen can have several different visual types supported
at different depths. at different depths.
You can use the functions described in this section to determine You can use the functions described in this section to determine
which visual to use for your application. which visual to use for your application.
@ -2591,7 +2591,7 @@ Returns the number of matching visual structures.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XGetVisualInfo' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetVisualInfo' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes function returns a list of visual structures that have attributes
equal to the attributes specified by vinfo_template. equal to the attributes specified by vinfo_template.
If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask, If no visual structures match the template using the specified vinfo_mask,
<xref linkend='XGetVisualInfo' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetVisualInfo' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -2696,9 +2696,9 @@ returns zero.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides several functions that perform basic operations on images. Xlib provides several functions that perform basic operations on images.
All operations on images are defined using an All operations on images are defined using an
<structname>XImage</structname> <structname>XImage</structname>
structure, structure,
as defined in as defined in
<filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>. <filename class="headerfile">&lt;X11/Xlib.h&gt;</filename>.
<indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm> <indexterm type="file"><primary><filename class="headerfile">X11/Xlib.h</filename></primary></indexterm>
@ -2718,32 +2718,32 @@ Rather, they are here to provide minimal functions on screen format
images. images.
The basic operations for getting and putting images are The basic operations for getting and putting images are
<xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
and and
<xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Note that no functions have been defined, as yet, to read and write images Note that no functions have been defined, as yet, to read and write images
to and from disk files. to and from disk files.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The The
<structname>XImage</structname> <structname>XImage</structname>
structure describes an image as it exists in the client's memory. structure describes an image as it exists in the client's memory.
The user can request that some of the members such as height, width, The user can request that some of the members such as height, width,
and xoffset be changed when the image is sent to the server. and xoffset be changed when the image is sent to the server.
Note that bytes_per_line in concert with offset can be used to Note that bytes_per_line in concert with offset can be used to
extract a subset of the image. extract a subset of the image.
Other members (for example, byte order, bitmap_unit, and so forth) Other members (for example, byte order, bitmap_unit, and so forth)
are characteristics of both the image and the server. are characteristics of both the image and the server.
If these members If these members
differ between the image and the server, differ between the image and the server,
<xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XPutImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
makes the appropriate conversions. makes the appropriate conversions.
The first byte of the first line of The first byte of the first line of
plane n must be located at the address (data + (n * height * bytes_per_line)). plane n must be located at the address (data + (n * height * bytes_per_line)).
For a description of the For a description of the
<structname>XImage</structname> <structname>XImage</structname>
structure, structure,
see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</link>. see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</link>.
@ -2751,7 +2751,7 @@ see <link linkend="Transferring_Images_between_Client_and_Server">section 8.7</l
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To allocate an To allocate an
<structname>XImage</structname> <structname>XImage</structname>
structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use structure and initialize it with image format values from a display, use
<xref linkend='XCreateImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>. <xref linkend='XCreateImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>.
@ -2817,7 +2817,7 @@ Specifies the format for the image.
You can pass You can pass
<symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>, <symbol>XYBitmap</symbol>,
<symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>, <symbol>XYPixmap</symbol>,
or or
<symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>. <symbol>ZPixmap</symbol>.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
@ -2869,8 +2869,8 @@ Specifies the height of the image, in pixels.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the quantum of a scanline (8, 16, or 32). Specifies the quantum of a scanline (8, 16, or 32).
In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from In other words, the start of one scanline is separated in client memory from
the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits. the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2881,7 +2881,7 @@ the start of the next scanline by an integer multiple of this many bits.
<listitem> <listitem>
<para> <para>
Specifies the number of bytes in the client image between Specifies the number of bytes in the client image between
the start of one scanline and the start of the next. the start of one scanline and the start of the next.
</para> </para>
</listitem> </listitem>
</varlistentry> </varlistentry>
@ -2896,15 +2896,15 @@ function allocates the memory needed for an
structure for the structure for the
specified display but does not allocate space for the image itself. specified display but does not allocate space for the image itself.
Rather, it initializes the structure byte-order, bit-order, and bitmap-unit Rather, it initializes the structure byte-order, bit-order, and bitmap-unit
values from the display and returns a pointer to the values from the display and returns a pointer to the
<structname>XImage</structname> <structname>XImage</structname>
structure. structure.
The red, green, and blue mask values are defined for Z format images only The red, green, and blue mask values are defined for Z format images only
and are derived from the and are derived from the
<structname>Visual</structname> <structname>Visual</structname>
structure passed in. structure passed in.
Other values also are passed in. Other values also are passed in.
The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each The offset permits the rapid displaying of the image without requiring each
scanline to be shifted into position. scanline to be shifted into position.
If you pass a zero value in bytes_per_line, If you pass a zero value in bytes_per_line,
Xlib assumes that the scanlines are contiguous Xlib assumes that the scanlines are contiguous
@ -2917,9 +2917,9 @@ Note that when the image is created using
<xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
or or
<xref linkend='XSubImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XSubImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
the destroy procedure that the the destroy procedure that the
<xref linkend='XDestroyImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDestroyImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function calls frees both the image structure function calls frees both the image structure
and the data pointed to by the image structure. and the data pointed to by the image structure.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -3242,10 +3242,10 @@ structure.
Note that when the image is created using Note that when the image is created using
<xref linkend='XCreateImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XCreateImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
<xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XGetImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
or or
<xref linkend='XSubImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>, <xref linkend='XSubImage' xrefstyle='select: title'/>,
the destroy procedure that this macro calls the destroy procedure that this macro calls
frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure. frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure.
</para> </para>
</sect1> </sect1>
<sect1 id="Manipulating_Bitmaps"> <sect1 id="Manipulating_Bitmaps">
@ -3256,7 +3256,7 @@ frees both the image structure and the data pointed to by the image structure.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Xlib provides functions that you can use to read a bitmap from a file, Xlib provides functions that you can use to read a bitmap from a file,
save a bitmap to a file, or create a bitmap. save a bitmap to a file, or create a bitmap.
This section describes those functions that transfer bitmaps to and This section describes those functions that transfer bitmaps to and
from the client's file system, thus allowing their reuse in a later from the client's file system, thus allowing their reuse in a later
connection (for example, from an entirely different client or to a connection (for example, from an entirely different client or to a
@ -3402,20 +3402,20 @@ The
<xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function reads in a file containing a bitmap. function reads in a file containing a bitmap.
The file is parsed in the encoding of the current locale. The file is parsed in the encoding of the current locale.
The ability to read other than the standard format The ability to read other than the standard format
is implementation-dependent. is implementation-dependent.
If the file cannot be opened, If the file cannot be opened,
<xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns returns
<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>. <returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.
If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data, If the file can be opened but does not contain valid bitmap data,
it returns it returns
<returnvalue>BitmapFileInvalid</returnvalue>. <returnvalue>BitmapFileInvalid</returnvalue>.
If insufficient working storage is allocated, If insufficient working storage is allocated,
it returns it returns
<returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>. <returnvalue>BitmapNoMemory</returnvalue>.
If the file is readable and valid, If the file is readable and valid,
it returns it returns
<returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>. <returnvalue>BitmapSuccess</returnvalue>.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -3423,10 +3423,10 @@ it returns
<xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XReadBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
returns the bitmap's height and width, as read returns the bitmap's height and width, as read
from the file, to width_return and height_return. from the file, to width_return and height_return.
It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size, It then creates a pixmap of the appropriate size,
reads the bitmap data from the file into the pixmap, reads the bitmap data from the file into the pixmap,
and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap. and assigns the pixmap to the caller's variable bitmap.
The caller must free the bitmap using The caller must free the bitmap using
<xref linkend='XFreePixmap' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFreePixmap' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
when finished. when finished.
If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot and <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot exist, If <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_x_hot and <emphasis remap='I'>name</emphasis>_y_hot exist,
@ -3649,8 +3649,8 @@ function writes a bitmap out to a file in the X Version 11 format.
The name used in the output file is derived from the file name The name used in the output file is derived from the file name
by deleting the directory prefix. by deleting the directory prefix.
The file is written in the encoding of the current locale. The file is written in the encoding of the current locale.
If the file cannot be opened for writing, If the file cannot be opened for writing,
it returns it returns
<returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>. <returnvalue>BitmapOpenFailed</returnvalue>.
If insufficient memory is allocated, If insufficient memory is allocated,
<xref linkend='XWriteBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XWriteBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
@ -3805,7 +3805,7 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
<!-- .sp --> <!-- .sp -->
To include a bitmap written out by To include a bitmap written out by
<xref linkend='XWriteBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XWriteBitmapFile' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
<indexterm><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>XWriteBitmapFile</primary></indexterm>
in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use in a program directly, as opposed to reading it in every time at run time, use
@ -3927,18 +3927,18 @@ errors.
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
The context manager provides a way of associating data with an X resource ID The context manager provides a way of associating data with an X resource ID
(mostly typically a window) in your program. (mostly typically a window) in your program.
Note that this is local to your program; Note that this is local to your program;
the data is not stored in the server on a property list. the data is not stored in the server on a property list.
Any amount of data in any number of pieces can be associated with a Any amount of data in any number of pieces can be associated with a
resource ID, resource ID,
and each piece of data has a type associated with it. and each piece of data has a type associated with it.
The context manager requires knowledge of the resource ID The context manager requires knowledge of the resource ID
and type to store or retrieve data. and type to store or retrieve data.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
<!-- .LP --> <!-- .LP -->
Essentially, the context manager can be viewed as a two-dimensional, Essentially, the context manager can be viewed as a two-dimensional,
sparse array: one dimension is subscripted by the X resource ID sparse array: one dimension is subscripted by the X resource ID
and the other by a context type field. and the other by a context type field.
Each entry in the array contains a pointer to the data. Each entry in the array contains a pointer to the data.
@ -4152,7 +4152,7 @@ Specifies the context type to which the data belongs.
<!-- .eM --> <!-- .eM -->
The The
<xref linkend='XDeleteContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XDeleteContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>
function deletes the entry for the given resource ID function deletes the entry for the given resource ID
and type from the data structure. and type from the data structure.
This function returns the same error codes that This function returns the same error codes that
<xref linkend='XFindContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/> <xref linkend='XFindContext' xrefstyle='select: title'/>

64
specs/libX11/credits.xml
View file

@ -8,11 +8,11 @@ The design and implementation of the first 10 versions of X
were primarily the work of three individuals: Robert Scheifler of the were primarily the work of three individuals: Robert Scheifler of the
MIT Laboratory for Computer Science and Jim Gettys of Digital MIT Laboratory for Computer Science and Jim Gettys of Digital
Equipment Corporation and Ron Newman of MIT, both at MIT Equipment Corporation and Ron Newman of MIT, both at MIT
Project Athena. Project Athena.
X version 11, however, is the result of the efforts of X version 11, however, is the result of the efforts of
dozens of individuals at almost as many locations and organizations. dozens of individuals at almost as many locations and organizations.
At the risk of offending some of the players by exclusion, At the risk of offending some of the players by exclusion,
we would like to acknowledge some of the people who deserve special credit we would like to acknowledge some of the people who deserve special credit
and recognition for their work on Xlib. and recognition for their work on Xlib.
Our apologies to anyone inadvertently overlooked. Our apologies to anyone inadvertently overlooked.
</para> </para>
@ -24,25 +24,25 @@ who contributed substantially to the
design and implementation of the Version 11 Xlib interface. design and implementation of the Version 11 Xlib interface.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Our thanks also goes to Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital) who kept Our thanks also goes to Ralph Swick (Project Athena and Digital) who kept
it all together for us during the early releases. it all together for us during the early releases.
He handled literally thousands of requests from people everywhere He handled literally thousands of requests from people everywhere
and saved the sanity of at least one of us. and saved the sanity of at least one of us.
His calm good cheer was a foundation on which we could build. His calm good cheer was a foundation on which we could build.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Our thanks also goes to Todd Brunhoff (Tektronix) who was ``loaned'' Our thanks also goes to Todd Brunhoff (Tektronix) who was ``loaned''
to Project Athena at exactly the right moment to provide very capable to Project Athena at exactly the right moment to provide very capable
and much-needed assistance during the alpha and beta releases. and much-needed assistance during the alpha and beta releases.
He was responsible for the successful integration of sources He was responsible for the successful integration of sources
from multiple sites; from multiple sites;
we would not have had a release without him. we would not have had a release without him.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Our thanks also goes to Al Mento and Al Wojtas of Digital's ULTRIX Our thanks also goes to Al Mento and Al Wojtas of Digital's ULTRIX
Documentation Group. Documentation Group.
With good humor and cheer, With good humor and cheer,
they took a rough draft and made it an infinitely better and more useful they took a rough draft and made it an infinitely better and more useful
document. document.
The work they have done will help many everywhere. The work they have done will help many everywhere.
We also would like to thank Hal Murray (Digital SRC) and We also would like to thank Hal Murray (Digital SRC) and
@ -50,13 +50,13 @@ Peter George (Digital VMS) who contributed much
by proofreading the early drafts of this document. by proofreading the early drafts of this document.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Our thanks also goes to Jeff Dike (Digital UEG), Tom Benson, Our thanks also goes to Jeff Dike (Digital UEG), Tom Benson,
Jackie Granfield, and Vince Orgovan (Digital VMS) who helped with the Jackie Granfield, and Vince Orgovan (Digital VMS) who helped with the
library utilities implementation; library utilities implementation;
to Hania Gajewska (Digital UEG-WSL) who, to Hania Gajewska (Digital UEG-WSL) who,
along with Ellis Cohen (CMU and Siemens), along with Ellis Cohen (CMU and Siemens),
was instrumental in the semantic design of the window manager properties; was instrumental in the semantic design of the window manager properties;
and to Dave Rosenthal (Sun Microsystems) who also contributed to the protocol and to Dave Rosenthal (Sun Microsystems) who also contributed to the protocol
and provided the sample generic color frame buffer device-dependent code. and provided the sample generic color frame buffer device-dependent code.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -65,24 +65,24 @@ as well.
It is significant It is significant
that the bug reports (and many fixes) during alpha and beta test came almost that the bug reports (and many fixes) during alpha and beta test came almost
exclusively from just a few of the alpha testers, mostly hardware vendors exclusively from just a few of the alpha testers, mostly hardware vendors
working on product implementations of X. working on product implementations of X.
The continued public The continued public
contribution of vendors and universities is certainly to the benefit contribution of vendors and universities is certainly to the benefit
of the entire X community. of the entire X community.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Our special thanks must go to Sam Fuller, Vice-President of Corporate Our special thanks must go to Sam Fuller, Vice-President of Corporate
Research at Digital, who has remained committed to the widest public Research at Digital, who has remained committed to the widest public
availability of X and who made it possible to greatly supplement MIT's availability of X and who made it possible to greatly supplement MIT's
resources with the Digital staff in order to make version 11 a reality. resources with the Digital staff in order to make version 11 a reality.
Many of the people mentioned here are part of the Western Many of the people mentioned here are part of the Western
Software Laboratory (Digital UEG-WSL) of the ULTRIX Engineering group Software Laboratory (Digital UEG-WSL) of the ULTRIX Engineering group
and work for Smokey Wallace, who has been vital to the project's success. and work for Smokey Wallace, who has been vital to the project's success.
Others not mentioned here worked on the toolkit and are acknowledged Others not mentioned here worked on the toolkit and are acknowledged
in the X Toolkit documentation. in the X Toolkit documentation.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Of course, Of course,
we must particularly thank Paul Asente, formerly of Stanford University we must particularly thank Paul Asente, formerly of Stanford University
and now of Digital UEG-WSL, who wrote W, the predecessor to X, and now of Digital UEG-WSL, who wrote W, the predecessor to X,
and Brian Reid, formerly of Stanford University and now of Digital WRL, and Brian Reid, formerly of Stanford University and now of Digital WRL,
@ -137,8 +137,8 @@ Shoji Sugiyama (IBM), and Eiji Tosa (IBM).
We are deeply indebted to Tatsuya Kato (NTT), We are deeply indebted to Tatsuya Kato (NTT),
Hiroshi Kuribayashi (OMRON), Seiji Kuwari (OMRON), Muneiyoshi Suzuki (NTT), Hiroshi Kuribayashi (OMRON), Seiji Kuwari (OMRON), Muneiyoshi Suzuki (NTT),
and Li Yuhong (OMRON) for producing one of the first complete and Li Yuhong (OMRON) for producing one of the first complete
sample implementation of the internationalization facilities, and sample implementation of the internationalization facilities, and
Hiromu Inukai (Nihon Sun), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu), Hideki Hiura (Sun), Hiromu Inukai (Nihon Sun), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu), Hideki Hiura (Sun),
Yasuhiro Kawai (Oki Technosystems Laboratory), Kazunori Nishihara (Fuji Xerox), Yasuhiro Kawai (Oki Technosystems Laboratory), Kazunori Nishihara (Fuji Xerox),
Masaki Takeuchi (Sony), Katsuhisa Yano (Toshiba), Masaki Takeuchi (Sony), Katsuhisa Yano (Toshiba),
Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony Corporation) for producing the another complete Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony Corporation) for producing the another complete
@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ sample implementation of the internationalization facilities.
<para> <para>
The principal authors (design and implementation) of the Xcms color The principal authors (design and implementation) of the Xcms color
management facilities are Al Tabayoyon (Tektronix) management facilities are Al Tabayoyon (Tektronix)
and Chuck Adams (Tektronix). and Chuck Adams (Tektronix).
Joann Taylor (Tektronix), Bob Toole (Tektronix), Joann Taylor (Tektronix), Bob Toole (Tektronix),
and Keith Packard (MIT X Consortium) also and Keith Packard (MIT X Consortium) also
contributed significantly to the design. Others who contributed are: contributed significantly to the design. Others who contributed are:
@ -186,19 +186,19 @@ Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony), Masaki Wakao (IBM), Katsuhisa Yano(Toshiba) and
Jinsoo Yoon (KAIST). Jinsoo Yoon (KAIST).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The principal producers of the sample implementation of the The principal producers of the sample implementation of the
internationalization facilities are: internationalization facilities are:
Jeffrey Bloomfield (Fujitsu OSSI), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu), Jeffrey Bloomfield (Fujitsu OSSI), Takashi Fujiwara (Fujitsu),
Hideki Hiura (SunSoft), Yoshio Horiuchi (IBM), Hideki Hiura (SunSoft), Yoshio Horiuchi (IBM),
Makoto Inada (Digital), Hiromu Inukai (Nihon SunSoft), Makoto Inada (Digital), Hiromu Inukai (Nihon SunSoft),
Song JaeKyung (KAIST), Riki Kawaguchi (Fujitsu), Song JaeKyung (KAIST), Riki Kawaguchi (Fujitsu),
Franky Ling (Digital), Hiroyuki Miyamoto (Digital), Franky Ling (Digital), Hiroyuki Miyamoto (Digital),
Hidetoshi Tajima (HP), Toshimitsu Terazono (Fujitsu), Hidetoshi Tajima (HP), Toshimitsu Terazono (Fujitsu),
Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony), Masaki Wakao (IBM), Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony), Masaki Wakao (IBM),
Shigeru Yamada (Fujitsu OSSI) and Katsuhisa Yano (Toshiba). Shigeru Yamada (Fujitsu OSSI) and Katsuhisa Yano (Toshiba).
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The coordinators of the integration, testing, and release of this The coordinators of the integration, testing, and release of this
implementation of the internationalization facilities are implementation of the internationalization facilities are
Nobuyuki Tanaka (Sony) and Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony). Nobuyuki Tanaka (Sony) and Makoto Wakamatsu (Sony).
</para> </para>
@ -207,8 +207,8 @@ Others who have contributed to the architectural design or
testing of the sample implementation of the testing of the sample implementation of the
internationalization facilities are: internationalization facilities are:
Hector Chan (Digital), Michael Kung (IBM), Joseph Kwok (Digital), Hector Chan (Digital), Michael Kung (IBM), Joseph Kwok (Digital),
Hiroyuki Machida (Sony), Nelson Ng (SunSoft), Frank Rojas (IBM), Hiroyuki Machida (Sony), Nelson Ng (SunSoft), Frank Rojas (IBM),
Yoshiyuki Segawa (Fujitsu OSSI), Makiko Shimamura (Fujitsu), Yoshiyuki Segawa (Fujitsu OSSI), Makiko Shimamura (Fujitsu),
Shoji Sugiyama (IBM), Lining Sun (SGI), Masaki Takeuchi (Sony), Shoji Sugiyama (IBM), Lining Sun (SGI), Masaki Takeuchi (Sony),
Jinsoo Yoon (KAIST) and Akiyasu Zen (HP). Jinsoo Yoon (KAIST) and Akiyasu Zen (HP).
</para> </para>

308
specs/libX11/glossary.xml
View file

@ -8,15 +8,15 @@
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Access control list</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Access control list</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
X maintains a list of hosts from which client programs can be run. X maintains a list of hosts from which client programs can be run.
By default, By default,
only programs on the local host and hosts specified in an initial list read only programs on the local host and hosts specified in an initial list read
by the server can use the display. by the server can use the display.
This access control list can be changed by clients on the local host. This access control list can be changed by clients on the local host.
Some server implementations can also implement other authorization mechanisms Some server implementations can also implement other authorization mechanisms
in addition to or in place of this mechanism. in addition to or in place of this mechanism.
The action of this mechanism can be conditional based on the authorization The action of this mechanism can be conditional based on the authorization
protocol name and data received by the server at connection setup. protocol name and data received by the server at connection setup.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
</glossentry> </glossentry>
@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ protocol name and data received by the server at connection setup.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Active grab</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Active grab</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A grab is active when the pointer or keyboard is actually owned by the A grab is active when the pointer or keyboard is actually owned by the
single grabbing client. single grabbing client.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ Atoms are used to identify properties, types, and selections.
An An
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
window can have a background, which is defined as a pixmap. window can have a background, which is defined as a pixmap.
When regions of the window have their contents lost When regions of the window have their contents lost
or invalidated, or invalidated,
the server automatically tiles those regions with the background. the server automatically tiles those regions with the background.
</para> </para>
@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ the server automatically tiles those regions with the background.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Backing store</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Backing store</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
When a server maintains the contents of a window, When a server maintains the contents of a window,
the pixels saved off-screen are known as a backing store. the pixels saved off-screen are known as a backing store.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -78,24 +78,24 @@ the pixels saved off-screen are known as a backing store.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Base font name</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Base font name</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A font name used to select a family of fonts whose members may be encoded A font name used to select a family of fonts whose members may be encoded
in various charsets. in various charsets.
The The
<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield> <structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>
and and
<structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield> <structfield>CharSetEncoding</structfield>
fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name identify the charset of the font. fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name identify the charset of the font.
A base font name may be a full <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, with all fourteen '-' delimiters, A base font name may be a full <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, with all fourteen '-' delimiters,
or an abbreviated <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name containing only the first 12 fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name, or an abbreviated <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name containing only the first 12 fields of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym> name,
up to but not including up to but not including
<structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>, <structfield>CharSetRegistry</structfield>,
with or without the thirteenth '-', or a non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> name. with or without the thirteenth '-', or a non-<acronym>XLFD</acronym> name.
Any <acronym>XLFD</acronym> fields may contain wild cards. Any <acronym>XLFD</acronym> fields may contain wild cards.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
When creating an When creating an
<type>XFontSet</type>, <type>XFontSet</type>,
Xlib accepts from the client a list of one or more base font names Xlib accepts from the client a list of one or more base font names
which select one or more font families. which select one or more font families.
They are combined with charset names obtained from the encoding of the locale They are combined with charset names obtained from the encoding of the locale
to load the fonts required to render text. to load the fonts required to render text.
@ -107,9 +107,9 @@ to load the fonts required to render text.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Bit</primary><secondary>gravity</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Bit</primary><secondary>gravity</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
When a window is resized, When a window is resized,
the contents of the window are not necessarily discarded. the contents of the window are not necessarily discarded.
It is possible to request that the server relocate the previous contents It is possible to request that the server relocate the previous contents
to some region of the window (though no guarantees are made). to some region of the window (though no guarantees are made).
This attraction of window contents for some location of This attraction of window contents for some location of
a window is known as bit gravity. a window is known as bit gravity.
@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ Exposure events are never generated for border regions.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Buttons on the pointer can be passively grabbed by a client. Buttons on the pointer can be passively grabbed by a client.
When the button is pressed, When the button is pressed,
the pointer is then actively grabbed by the client. the pointer is then actively grabbed by the client.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -165,11 +165,11 @@ the pointer is then actively grabbed by the client.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Byte</primary><secondary>order</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Byte</primary><secondary>order</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
For image (pixmap/bitmap) data, For image (pixmap/bitmap) data,
the server defines the byte order, the server defines the byte order,
and clients with different native byte ordering must swap bytes as and clients with different native byte ordering must swap bytes as
necessary. necessary.
For all other parts of the protocol, For all other parts of the protocol,
the client defines the byte order, the client defines the byte order,
and the server swaps bytes as necessary. and the server swaps bytes as necessary.
</para> </para>
@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ and the server swaps bytes as necessary.
<para> <para>
A member of a set of elements used for the organization, A member of a set of elements used for the organization,
control, or representation of text (ISO2022, as adapted by XPG3). control, or representation of text (ISO2022, as adapted by XPG3).
Note that in ISO2022 terms, a character is not bound to a coded value Note that in ISO2022 terms, a character is not bound to a coded value
until it is identified as part of a coded character set. until it is identified as part of a coded character set.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -213,7 +213,7 @@ A collection of characters.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Charset</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Charset</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
An encoding with a uniform, state-independent mapping from characters An encoding with a uniform, state-independent mapping from characters
to codepoints. to codepoints.
A coded character set. A coded character set.
</para> </para>
@ -264,12 +264,12 @@ windows for further information about valid window types.
<para> <para>
An application program connects to the window system server by some An application program connects to the window system server by some
interprocess communication (<acronym>IPC</acronym>) path, such as a <acronym>TCP</acronym> connection or a interprocess communication (<acronym>IPC</acronym>) path, such as a <acronym>TCP</acronym> connection or a
shared memory buffer. shared memory buffer.
This program is referred to as a client of the window system server. This program is referred to as a client of the window system server.
More precisely, More precisely,
the client is the <acronym>IPC</acronym> path itself. the client is the <acronym>IPC</acronym> path itself.
A program with multiple paths open to the server is viewed as A program with multiple paths open to the server is viewed as
multiple clients by the protocol. multiple clients by the protocol.
Resource lifetimes are controlled by Resource lifetimes are controlled by
connection lifetimes, not by program lifetimes. connection lifetimes, not by program lifetimes.
</para> </para>
@ -280,9 +280,9 @@ connection lifetimes, not by program lifetimes.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Clipping region</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Clipping region</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
In a graphics context, In a graphics context,
a bitmap or list of rectangles can be specified a bitmap or list of rectangles can be specified
to restrict output to a particular region of the window. to restrict output to a particular region of the window.
The image defined by the bitmap or rectangles is called a clipping region. The image defined by the bitmap or rectangles is called a clipping region.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -301,8 +301,8 @@ A character bound to a codepoint.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Coded character set</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Coded character set</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set
and the one-to-one relationship between each character of the set and the one-to-one relationship between each character of the set
and its bit representation. and its bit representation.
(ISO2022, as adapted by XPG3) (ISO2022, as adapted by XPG3)
A definition of a one-to-one mapping of a set of characters to a set of A definition of a one-to-one mapping of a set of characters to a set of
@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ A colormap consists of a set of entries defining color values.
The colormap associated with a window is used to display the contents of The colormap associated with a window is used to display the contents of
the window; each pixel value indexes the colormap to produce an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value the window; each pixel value indexes the colormap to produce an <acronym>RGB</acronym> value
that drives the guns of a monitor. that drives the guns of a monitor.
Depending on hardware limitations, Depending on hardware limitations,
one or more colormaps can be installed at one time so one or more colormaps can be installed at one time so
that windows associated with those maps display with true colors. that windows associated with those maps display with true colors.
</para> </para>
@ -352,8 +352,8 @@ connection to the server over which requests and events are sent.
<para> <para>
A window contains the pointer if the window is viewable and the A window contains the pointer if the window is viewable and the
hotspot of the cursor is within a visible region of the window or a hotspot of the cursor is within a visible region of the window or a
visible region of one of its inferiors. visible region of one of its inferiors.
The border of the window is included as part of the window for containment. The border of the window is included as part of the window for containment.
The pointer is in a window if the window contains the pointer The pointer is in a window if the window contains the pointer
but no inferior contains the pointer. but no inferior contains the pointer.
</para> </para>
@ -364,11 +364,11 @@ but no inferior contains the pointer.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Coordinate system</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Coordinate system</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
The coordinate system has X horizontal and Y vertical, The coordinate system has X horizontal and Y vertical,
with the origin [0, 0] at the upper left. with the origin [0, 0] at the upper left.
Coordinates are integral and coincide with pixel centers. Coordinates are integral and coincide with pixel centers.
Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system. Each window and pixmap has its own coordinate system.
For a window, For a window,
the origin is inside the border at the inside upper-left corner. the origin is inside the border at the inside upper-left corner.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -378,9 +378,9 @@ the origin is inside the border at the inside upper-left corner.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Cursor</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Cursor</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A cursor is the visible shape of the pointer on a screen. A cursor is the visible shape of the pointer on a screen.
It consists of a hotspot, a source bitmap, a shape bitmap, It consists of a hotspot, a source bitmap, a shape bitmap,
and a pair of colors. and a pair of colors.
The cursor defined for a window controls the visible The cursor defined for a window controls the visible
appearance when the pointer is in that window. appearance when the pointer is in that window.
</para> </para>
@ -404,9 +404,9 @@ used in conjunction with graphics output.
<para> <para>
Keyboards, mice, tablets, track-balls, button boxes, and so on are all Keyboards, mice, tablets, track-balls, button boxes, and so on are all
collectively known as input devices. collectively known as input devices.
Pointers can have one or more buttons Pointers can have one or more buttons
(the most common number is three). (the most common number is three).
The core protocol only deals with two devices: the keyboard The core protocol only deals with two devices: the keyboard
and the pointer. and the pointer.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -419,10 +419,10 @@ and the pointer.
<symbol>DirectColor</symbol> <symbol>DirectColor</symbol>
is a class of colormap in which a pixel value is decomposed into three is a class of colormap in which a pixel value is decomposed into three
separate subfields for indexing. separate subfields for indexing.
The first subfield indexes an array to produce red intensity values. The first subfield indexes an array to produce red intensity values.
The second subfield indexes a second array to produce blue intensity values. The second subfield indexes a second array to produce blue intensity values.
The third subfield indexes a third array to produce green intensity values. The third subfield indexes a third array to produce green intensity values.
The <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values in the colormap entry can be The <acronym>RGB</acronym> (red, green, and blue) values in the colormap entry can be
changed dynamically. changed dynamically.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ particular connection.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Drawable</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Drawable</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Both windows and pixmaps can be used as sources and destinations Both windows and pixmaps can be used as sources and destinations
in graphics operations. in graphics operations.
These windows and pixmaps are collectively known as drawables. These windows and pixmaps are collectively known as drawables.
However, an However, an
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
window cannot be used as a source or destination in a window cannot be used as a source or destination in a
graphics operation. graphics operation.
@ -462,12 +462,12 @@ graphics operation.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Encoding</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Encoding</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set A set of unambiguous rules that establishes a character set
and a relationship between the characters and their representations. and a relationship between the characters and their representations.
The character set does not have to be fixed to a finite pre-defined set of The character set does not have to be fixed to a finite pre-defined set of
characters. characters.
The representations do not have to be of uniform length. The representations do not have to be of uniform length.
Examples are an ISO2022 graphic set, a state-independent Examples are an ISO2022 graphic set, a state-independent
or state-dependent combination of graphic sets, possibly including control or state-dependent combination of graphic sets, possibly including control
sets, and the X Compound Text encoding. sets, and the X Compound Text encoding.
</para> </para>
@ -481,7 +481,7 @@ components of an <acronym>XLFD</acronym>
name; the name of a charset of the locale for which a font could not be name; the name of a charset of the locale for which a font could not be
found; or an atom which identifies the encoding of a text property or found; or an atom which identifies the encoding of a text property or
which names an encoding for a text selection target type. which names an encoding for a text selection target type.
Encoding names should be composed of characters from the X Portable Encoding names should be composed of characters from the X Portable
Character Set. Character Set.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -504,11 +504,11 @@ character (that is, the one following the given string) to be drawn.
<para> <para>
Clients are informed of information asynchronously by means of events. Clients are informed of information asynchronously by means of events.
These events can be either asynchronously generated from devices or These events can be either asynchronously generated from devices or
generated as side effects of client requests. generated as side effects of client requests.
Events are grouped into types. Events are grouped into types.
The server never sends an event to a client unless the The server never sends an event to a client unless the
client has specifically asked to be informed of that type of event. client has specifically asked to be informed of that type of event.
However, clients can force events to be sent to other clients. However, clients can force events to be sent to other clients.
Events are typically reported relative to a window. Events are typically reported relative to a window.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -518,8 +518,8 @@ Events are typically reported relative to a window.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Event</primary><secondary>mask</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Event</primary><secondary>mask</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Events are requested relative to a window. Events are requested relative to a window.
The set of event types a client requests relative to a window is described The set of event types a client requests relative to a window is described
by using an event mask. by using an event mask.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -553,8 +553,8 @@ the source of a device-related event.
There are certain race conditions possible when demultiplexing device There are certain race conditions possible when demultiplexing device
events to clients (in particular, deciding where pointer and keyboard events to clients (in particular, deciding where pointer and keyboard
events should be sent when in the middle of window management events should be sent when in the middle of window management
operations). operations).
The event synchronization mechanism allows synchronous processing of The event synchronization mechanism allows synchronous processing of
device events. device events.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ device events.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Servers do not guarantee to preserve the contents of windows when Servers do not guarantee to preserve the contents of windows when
windows are obscured or reconfigured. windows are obscured or reconfigured.
Exposure events are sent to clients to inform them when contents of regions Exposure events are sent to clients to inform them when contents of regions
of windows have been lost. of windows have been lost.
</para> </para>
@ -576,7 +576,7 @@ of windows have been lost.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Extension</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Extension</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Named extensions to the core protocol can be defined to extend the system. Named extensions to the core protocol can be defined to extend the system.
Extensions to output requests, resources, and event types are all possible Extensions to output requests, resources, and event types are all possible
and expected. and expected.
</para> </para>
@ -587,10 +587,10 @@ and expected.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Font</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Font</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A font is an array of glyphs (typically characters). A font is an array of glyphs (typically characters).
The protocol does no translation or interpretation of character sets. The protocol does no translation or interpretation of character sets.
The client simply indicates values used to index the glyph array. The client simply indicates values used to index the glyph array.
A font contains additional metric information to determine interglyph A font contains additional metric information to determine interglyph
and interline spacing. and interline spacing.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -640,7 +640,7 @@ not bound to a codepoint.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Glyph image</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Glyph image</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
An image of a glyph, as obtained from a glyph representation displayed An image of a glyph, as obtained from a glyph representation displayed
on a presentation surface. on a presentation surface.
(ISO/IEC/DIS 9541-1) (ISO/IEC/DIS 9541-1)
</para> </para>
@ -651,9 +651,9 @@ on a presentation surface.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Grab</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Grab</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Keyboard keys, the keyboard, pointer buttons, the pointer, Keyboard keys, the keyboard, pointer buttons, the pointer,
and the server can be grabbed for exclusive use by a client. and the server can be grabbed for exclusive use by a client.
In general, In general,
these facilities are not intended to be used by normal applications these facilities are not intended to be used by normal applications
but are intended for various input and window managers to implement various but are intended for various input and window managers to implement various
styles of user interfaces. styles of user interfaces.
@ -670,7 +670,7 @@ context (<acronym>GC</acronym>), such as foreground pixel, background
pixel, line width, clipping region, and so on. pixel, line width, clipping region, and so on.
A graphics context can only A graphics context can only
be used with drawables that have the same root and the same depth as be used with drawables that have the same root and the same depth as
the graphics context. the graphics context.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
</glossentry> </glossentry>
@ -692,9 +692,9 @@ See <glossterm linkend="glossary:Bit_gravity">Bit gravity</glossterm> and
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
<symbol>GrayScale</symbol> <symbol>GrayScale</symbol>
can be viewed as a degenerate case of can be viewed as a degenerate case of
<glossterm linkend="glossary:PseudoColor"><symbol>PseudoColor</symbol></glossterm>, <glossterm linkend="glossary:PseudoColor"><symbol>PseudoColor</symbol></glossterm>,
in which the red, green, and blue values in any given colormap entry in which the red, green, and blue values in any given colormap entry
are equal and thus, produce shades of gray. are equal and thus, produce shades of gray.
The gray values can be changed dynamically. The gray values can be changed dynamically.
</para> </para>
@ -730,7 +730,7 @@ cursor corresponding to the coordinates reported for the pointer.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
An identifier is a unique value associated with a resource An identifier is a unique value associated with a resource
that clients use to name that resource. that clients use to name that resource.
The identifier can be used over any connection to name the resource. The identifier can be used over any connection to name the resource.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -752,7 +752,7 @@ the children, the children's children, and so on.
<para> <para>
The input focus is usually a window defining the scope for processing The input focus is usually a window defining the scope for processing
of keyboard input. of keyboard input.
If a generated keyboard event usually would be reported to this window If a generated keyboard event usually would be reported to this window
or one of its inferiors, or one of its inferiors,
the event is reported as usual. the event is reported as usual.
Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the focus window. Otherwise, the event is reported with respect to the focus window.
@ -767,7 +767,7 @@ of whatever screen the pointer is on at each keyboard event.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Input</primary><secondary>manager</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Input</primary><secondary>manager</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Control over keyboard input is typically provided by an input manager Control over keyboard input is typically provided by an input manager
client, which usually is part of a window manager. client, which usually is part of a window manager.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -779,12 +779,12 @@ client, which usually is part of a window manager.
<para> <para>
An An
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
window is a window that cannot be used for graphics requests. window is a window that cannot be used for graphics requests.
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
windows are invisible and are used to control such things as cursors, windows are invisible and are used to control such things as cursors,
input event generation, and grabbing. input event generation, and grabbing.
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
windows cannot have windows cannot have
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
windows as inferiors. windows as inferiors.
</para> </para>
@ -799,9 +799,9 @@ An
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
window is the normal kind of window that is used for both input and output. window is the normal kind of window that is used for both input and output.
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
windows can have both windows can have both
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
and and
<symbol>InputOnly</symbol> <symbol>InputOnly</symbol>
windows as inferiors. windows as inferiors.
</para> </para>
@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ windows as inferiors.
<para> <para>
The process of making software adaptable to the requirements The process of making software adaptable to the requirements
of different native languages, local customs, and character string encodings. of different native languages, local customs, and character string encodings.
Making a computer program adaptable to different locales Making a computer program adaptable to different locales
without program source modifications or recompilation. without program source modifications or recompilation.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -824,7 +824,7 @@ without program source modifications or recompilation.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ISO2022</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>ISO2022</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
ISO standard for code extension techniques for 7-bit and 8-bit coded ISO standard for code extension techniques for 7-bit and 8-bit coded
character sets. character sets.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -834,8 +834,8 @@ character sets.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Key</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Key</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Keys on the keyboard can be passively grabbed by a client. Keys on the keyboard can be passively grabbed by a client.
When the key is pressed, When the key is pressed,
the keyboard is then actively grabbed by the client. the keyboard is then actively grabbed by the client.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -920,7 +920,7 @@ Encoding and decoding for inter-client text communication
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Locale name</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Locale name</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
The identifier used to select the desired locale for the host C library The identifier used to select the desired locale for the host C library
and X library functions. and X library functions.
On ANSI C library compliant systems, On ANSI C library compliant systems,
the locale argument to the the locale argument to the
@ -934,8 +934,8 @@ function.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Localization</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Localization</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
The process of establishing information within a computer system specific The process of establishing information within a computer system specific
to the operation of particular native languages, local customs to the operation of particular native languages, local customs
and coded character sets. and coded character sets.
(XPG3) (XPG3)
</para> </para>
@ -966,7 +966,7 @@ ShiftLock, and similar keys are called modifier keys.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Monochrome</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Monochrome</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Monochrome is a special case of Monochrome is a special case of
<glossterm linkend="glossary:StaticGray"><symbol>StaticGray</symbol></glossterm> <glossterm linkend="glossary:StaticGray"><symbol>StaticGray</symbol></glossterm>
in which there are only two colormap entries. in which there are only two colormap entries.
</para> </para>
@ -993,9 +993,9 @@ imply only that the strings <emphasis remap='I'>may</emphasis> contain multibyte
<para> <para>
A window is obscured if some other window obscures it. A window is obscured if some other window obscures it.
A window can be partially obscured and so still have visible regions. A window can be partially obscured and so still have visible regions.
Window A obscures window B if both are viewable Window A obscures window B if both are viewable
<symbol>InputOutput</symbol> <symbol>InputOutput</symbol>
windows, if A is higher in the global stacking order, windows, if A is higher in the global stacking order,
and if the rectangle defined by the outside and if the rectangle defined by the outside
edges of A intersects the rectangle defined by the outside edges of B. edges of A intersects the rectangle defined by the outside edges of B.
Note the distinction between obscures and occludes. Note the distinction between obscures and occludes.
@ -1009,10 +1009,10 @@ Also note that window borders are included in the calculation.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A window is occluded if some other window occludes it. A window is occluded if some other window occludes it.
Window A occludes window B if both are mapped, Window A occludes window B if both are mapped,
if A is higher in the global stacking order, if A is higher in the global stacking order,
and if the rectangle defined by the outside edges of A intersects the rectangle defined and if the rectangle defined by the outside edges of A intersects the rectangle defined
by the outside edges of B. by the outside edges of B.
Note the distinction between occludes and obscures. Note the distinction between occludes and obscures.
Also note that window borders are included in the calculation Also note that window borders are included in the calculation
and that and that
@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@ windows never obscure other windows but can occlude other windows.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Some padding bytes are inserted in the data stream to maintain Some padding bytes are inserted in the data stream to maintain
alignment of the protocol requests on natural boundaries. alignment of the protocol requests on natural boundaries.
This increases ease of portability to some machine architectures. This increases ease of portability to some machine architectures.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1046,7 +1046,7 @@ If C is a child of P, then P is the parent of C.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Passive grab</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Passive grab</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Grabbing a key or button is a passive grab. Grabbing a key or button is a passive grab.
The grab activates when the key or button is actually pressed. The grab activates when the key or button is actually pressed.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1058,8 +1058,8 @@ The grab activates when the key or button is actually pressed.
<para> <para>
A pixel is an N-bit value, A pixel is an N-bit value,
where N is the number of bit planes used in a particular window or pixmap where N is the number of bit planes used in a particular window or pixmap
(that is, is the depth of the window or pixmap). (that is, is the depth of the window or pixmap).
A pixel in a window indexes a colormap to derive an actual color to be A pixel in a window indexes a colormap to derive an actual color to be
displayed. displayed.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1069,10 +1069,10 @@ displayed.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Pixmap</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Pixmap</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A pixmap is a three-dimensional array of bits. A pixmap is a three-dimensional array of bits.
A pixmap is normally thought of as a two-dimensional array of pixels, A pixmap is normally thought of as a two-dimensional array of pixels,
where each pixel can be a value from 0 to 2<superscript>N</superscript>-1, where each pixel can be a value from 0 to 2<superscript>N</superscript>-1,
and where N is the depth (z axis) of the pixmap. and where N is the depth (z axis) of the pixmap.
A pixmap can also be thought of as a stack of N bitmaps. A pixmap can also be thought of as a stack of N bitmaps.
A pixmap can only be used on the screen that it was created in. A pixmap can only be used on the screen that it was created in.
</para> </para>
@ -1094,7 +1094,7 @@ bitmap is called a plane or bit plane.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Graphics operations can be restricted to only affect a subset of bit Graphics operations can be restricted to only affect a subset of bit
planes of a destination. planes of a destination.
A plane mask is a bit mask describing which planes are to be modified. A plane mask is a bit mask describing which planes are to be modified.
The plane mask is stored in a graphics context. The plane mask is stored in a graphics context.
</para> </para>
@ -1115,8 +1115,8 @@ and tracked on the screens.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Pointer</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A client can actively grab control of the pointer. A client can actively grab control of the pointer.
Then button and motion events will be sent to that client Then button and motion events will be sent to that client
rather than the client the events would normally have been sent to. rather than the client the events would normally have been sent to.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1127,7 +1127,7 @@ rather than the client the events would normally have been sent to.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A pointing device is typically a mouse, tablet, or some other A pointing device is typically a mouse, tablet, or some other
device with effective dimensional motion. device with effective dimensional motion.
The core protocol defines only one visible cursor, The core protocol defines only one visible cursor,
which tracks whatever pointing device is attached as the pointer. which tracks whatever pointing device is attached as the pointer.
</para> </para>
@ -1164,9 +1164,9 @@ a..z A..Z 0..9 ._-
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Windows can have associated properties that consist of a name, a type, Windows can have associated properties that consist of a name, a type,
a data format, and some data. a data format, and some data.
The protocol places no interpretation on properties. The protocol places no interpretation on properties.
They are intended as a general-purpose naming mechanism for clients. They are intended as a general-purpose naming mechanism for clients.
For example, clients might use properties to share information such as resize For example, clients might use properties to share information such as resize
hints, program names, and icon formats with a window manager. hints, program names, and icon formats with a window manager.
</para> </para>
@ -1218,8 +1218,8 @@ a single pixel would be drawn.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Window managers (or client programs) may enforce window layout Window managers (or client programs) may enforce window layout
policy in various ways. policy in various ways.
When a client attempts to change the size or position of a window, When a client attempts to change the size or position of a window,
the operation may be redirected to a specified client the operation may be redirected to a specified client
rather than the operation actually being performed. rather than the operation actually being performed.
</para> </para>
@ -1230,9 +1230,9 @@ rather than the operation actually being performed.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Reply</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Reply</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Information requested by a client program using the X protocol Information requested by a client program using the X protocol
is sent back to the client with a reply. is sent back to the client with a reply.
Both events and replies are multiplexed on the same connection. Both events and replies are multiplexed on the same connection.
Most requests do not generate replies, Most requests do not generate replies,
but some requests generate multiple replies. but some requests generate multiple replies.
</para> </para>
@ -1254,9 +1254,9 @@ It is a single block of data sent over a connection.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Windows, pixmaps, cursors, fonts, graphics contexts, and colormaps are Windows, pixmaps, cursors, fonts, graphics contexts, and colormaps are
known as resources. known as resources.
They all have unique identifiers associated with them for naming purposes. They all have unique identifiers associated with them for naming purposes.
The lifetime of a resource usually is bounded by the lifetime of the The lifetime of a resource usually is bounded by the lifetime of the
connection over which the resource was created. connection over which the resource was created.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1279,8 +1279,8 @@ The X server scales these values to match the display hardware.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Root</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Root</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
The root of a pixmap or graphics context is the same as the root The root of a pixmap or graphics context is the same as the root
of whatever drawable was used when the pixmap or GC was created. of whatever drawable was used when the pixmap or GC was created.
The root of a window is the root window under which the window was created. The root of a window is the root window under which the window was created.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1291,7 +1291,7 @@ The root of a window is the root window under which the window was created.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Each screen has a root window covering it. Each screen has a root window covering it.
The root window cannot be reconfigured or unmapped, The root window cannot be reconfigured or unmapped,
but otherwise it acts as a full-fledged window. but otherwise it acts as a full-fledged window.
A root window has no parent. A root window has no parent.
</para> </para>
@ -1304,7 +1304,7 @@ A root window has no parent.
<para> <para>
The save set of a client is a list of other clients' windows that, The save set of a client is a list of other clients' windows that,
if they are inferiors of one of the client's windows at connection if they are inferiors of one of the client's windows at connection
close, should not be destroyed and that should be remapped close, should not be destroyed and that should be remapped
if currently unmapped. if currently unmapped.
Save sets are typically used by window managers to avoid Save sets are typically used by window managers to avoid
lost windows if the manager should terminate abnormally. lost windows if the manager should terminate abnormally.
@ -1339,14 +1339,14 @@ increasing the y coordinate.
<indexterm><primary>Display</primary><secondary>structure</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm><primary>Display</primary><secondary>structure</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A server can provide several independent screens, A server can provide several independent screens,
which typically have physically independent monitors. which typically have physically independent monitors.
This would be the expected configuration when there is only a single keyboard This would be the expected configuration when there is only a single keyboard
and pointer shared among the screens. and pointer shared among the screens.
A A
<type>Screen</type> <type>Screen</type>
structure contains the information about that screen structure contains the information about that screen
and is linked to the and is linked to the
<type>Display</type> <type>Display</type>
structure. structure.
</para> </para>
@ -1361,8 +1361,8 @@ A selection can be thought of as an indirect property with dynamic
type. type.
That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server, That is, rather than having the property stored in the X server,
it is maintained by some client (the owner). it is maintained by some client (the owner).
A selection is global and is thought of as belonging to the user A selection is global and is thought of as belonging to the user
and being maintained by clients, and being maintained by clients,
rather than being private to a particular window subhierarchy rather than being private to a particular window subhierarchy
or a particular set of clients. or a particular set of clients.
When a client asks for the contents of When a client asks for the contents of
@ -1375,7 +1375,7 @@ Z format.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The target type can also be used to control the class of The target type can also be used to control the class of
contents transmitted; for example, contents transmitted; for example,
asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line asking for the ``looks'' (fonts, line
spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, rather than the spacing, indentation, and so forth) of a paragraph selection, rather than the
text of the paragraph. text of the paragraph.
@ -1390,10 +1390,10 @@ The protocol does not constrain the semantics.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Server</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Server</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
The server, which is also referred to as the X server, The server, which is also referred to as the X server,
provides the basic windowing mechanism. provides the basic windowing mechanism.
It handles <acronym>IPC</acronym> connections from clients, It handles <acronym>IPC</acronym> connections from clients,
multiplexes graphics requests onto the screens, multiplexes graphics requests onto the screens,
and demultiplexes input back to the appropriate clients. and demultiplexes input back to the appropriate clients.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1403,7 +1403,7 @@ and demultiplexes input back to the appropriate clients.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Server</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Server</primary><secondary>grabbing</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
The server can be grabbed by a single client for exclusive use. The server can be grabbed by a single client for exclusive use.
This prevents processing of any requests from other client connections until This prevents processing of any requests from other client connections until
the grab is completed. the grab is completed.
This is typically only a transient state for such things as rubber-banding, This is typically only a transient state for such things as rubber-banding,
@ -1416,7 +1416,7 @@ pop-up menus, or executing requests indivisibly.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Shift sequence</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Shift sequence</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
ISO2022 defines control characters and escape sequences ISO2022 defines control characters and escape sequences
which temporarily (single shift) or permanently (locking shift) cause a which temporarily (single shift) or permanently (locking shift) cause a
different character set to be in effect (``invoking'' a character set). different character set to be in effect (``invoking'' a character set).
</para> </para>
@ -1437,8 +1437,8 @@ Children of the same parent window are known as sibling windows.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
Sibling windows, similar to sheets of paper on a desk, Sibling windows, similar to sheets of paper on a desk,
can stack on top of each other. can stack on top of each other.
Windows above both obscure and occlude lower windows. Windows above both obscure and occlude lower windows.
The relationship between sibling windows is known as the stacking order. The relationship between sibling windows is known as the stacking order.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1450,8 +1450,8 @@ The relationship between sibling windows is known as the stacking order.
<para> <para>
An encoding in which an invocation of a charset can apply to multiple An encoding in which an invocation of a charset can apply to multiple
characters in sequence. characters in sequence.
A state-dependent encoding begins in an ``initial state'' A state-dependent encoding begins in an ``initial state''
and enters other ``shift states'' when specific ``shift sequences'' and enters other ``shift states'' when specific ``shift sequences''
are encountered in the byte sequence. are encountered in the byte sequence.
In ISO2022 terms, In ISO2022 terms,
this means use of locking shifts, not single shifts. this means use of locking shifts, not single shifts.
@ -1476,7 +1476,7 @@ this means use of at most single shifts, not locking shifts.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
<symbol>StaticColor</symbol> <symbol>StaticColor</symbol>
can be viewed as a degenerate case of can be viewed as a degenerate case of
<glossterm linkend="glossary:PseudoColor"><symbol>PseudoColor</symbol></glossterm> <glossterm linkend="glossary:PseudoColor"><symbol>PseudoColor</symbol></glossterm>
in which the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are predefined and read-only. in which the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are predefined and read-only.
</para> </para>
@ -1488,7 +1488,7 @@ in which the <acronym>RGB</acronym> values are predefined and read-only.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
<symbol>StaticGray</symbol> <symbol>StaticGray</symbol>
can be viewed as a degenerate case of can be viewed as a degenerate case of
<glossterm linkend="glossary:GrayScale"><symbol>GrayScale</symbol></glossterm> <glossterm linkend="glossary:GrayScale"><symbol>GrayScale</symbol></glossterm>
in which the gray values are predefined and read-only. in which the gray values are predefined and read-only.
The values are typically linear or near-linear increasing ramps. The values are typically linear or near-linear increasing ramps.
@ -1548,7 +1548,7 @@ are pairwise equivalent to decimal values 246 to 254 inclusive
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Tile</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Tile</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A pixmap can be replicated in two dimensions to tile a region. A pixmap can be replicated in two dimensions to tile a region.
The pixmap itself is also known as a tile. The pixmap itself is also known as a tile.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1558,16 +1558,16 @@ The pixmap itself is also known as a tile.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Timestamp</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Timestamp</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A timestamp is a time value expressed in milliseconds. A timestamp is a time value expressed in milliseconds.
It is typically the time since the last server reset. It is typically the time since the last server reset.
Timestamp values wrap around (after about 49.7 days). Timestamp values wrap around (after about 49.7 days).
The server, given its current time is represented by timestamp T, The server, given its current time is represented by timestamp T,
always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half always interprets timestamps from clients by treating half
of the timestamp space as being earlier in time than T of the timestamp space as being earlier in time than T
and half of the timestamp space as being later in time than T. and half of the timestamp space as being later in time than T.
One timestamp value, represented by the constant One timestamp value, represented by the constant
<symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>, <symbol>CurrentTime</symbol>,
is never generated by the server. is never generated by the server.
This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time. This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
@ -1578,7 +1578,7 @@ This value is reserved for use in requests to represent the current server time.
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
<symbol>TrueColor</symbol> <symbol>TrueColor</symbol>
can be viewed as a degenerate case of can be viewed as a degenerate case of
<glossterm linkend="glossary:DirectColor"><symbol>DirectColor</symbol></glossterm> <glossterm linkend="glossary:DirectColor"><symbol>DirectColor</symbol></glossterm>
in which the subfields in the pixel value directly encode the corresponding <acronym>RGB</acronym> in which the subfields in the pixel value directly encode the corresponding <acronym>RGB</acronym>
values. values.
@ -1592,9 +1592,9 @@ The values are typically linear or near-linear increasing ramps.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Type</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Type</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A type is an arbitrary atom used to identify the interpretation of property A type is an arbitrary atom used to identify the interpretation of property
data. data.
Types are completely uninterpreted by the server. Types are completely uninterpreted by the server.
They are solely for the benefit of clients. They are solely for the benefit of clients.
X predefines type atoms for many frequently used types, X predefines type atoms for many frequently used types,
and clients also can define new types. and clients also can define new types.
@ -1606,11 +1606,11 @@ and clients also can define new types.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Viewable</primary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Viewable</primary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
A window is viewable if it and all of its ancestors are mapped. A window is viewable if it and all of its ancestors are mapped.
This does not imply that any portion of the window is actually visible. This does not imply that any portion of the window is actually visible.
Graphics requests can be performed on a window when it is not Graphics requests can be performed on a window when it is not
viewable, but output will not be retained unless the server is maintaining viewable, but output will not be retained unless the server is maintaining
backing store. backing store.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>
</glossentry> </glossentry>
@ -1643,10 +1643,10 @@ returns true.
<indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Window</primary><secondary>gravity</secondary></indexterm> <indexterm significance="preferred"><primary>Window</primary><secondary>gravity</secondary></indexterm>
<glossdef> <glossdef>
<para> <para>
When windows are resized, When windows are resized,
subwindows may be repositioned automatically relative to some position in the subwindows may be repositioned automatically relative to some position in the
window. window.
This attraction of a subwindow to some part of its parent is known This attraction of a subwindow to some part of its parent is known
as window gravity. as window gravity.
</para> </para>
</glossdef> </glossdef>

18
specs/libX11/libX11.xml
View file

@ -67,16 +67,16 @@
<legalnotice> <legalnotice>
<para> <para>
Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy
of this software and associated documentation files of this software and associated documentation files
(the &ldquo;Software&rdquo;), to deal in the Software without restriction, (the &ldquo;Software&rdquo;), to deal in the Software without restriction,
including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, including without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit
persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following
conditions: conditions:
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
copies or substantial portions of the Software. copies or substantial portions of the Software.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
@ -88,8 +88,8 @@ ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION
WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
</para> </para>
<para> <para>
Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall not
be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or other dealings
in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group. in this Software without prior written authorization from The Open Group.
</para> </para>
</legalnotice> </legalnotice>

18
src/XErrorDB
View file

@ -6,10 +6,10 @@
! the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that ! the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
! copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting ! copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
! documentation. ! documentation.
! !
! The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be ! The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be
! included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software. ! included in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
! !
! THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, ! THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND,
! EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF ! EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
! MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. ! MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
! OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ! OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
! ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR ! ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
! OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. ! OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
! !
! Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall ! Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
! not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or ! not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
! other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization ! other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
@ -1014,9 +1014,9 @@ XRequest.DRI2.3: DRI2CreateDrawable
XRequest.DRI2.4: DRI2DestroyDrawable XRequest.DRI2.4: DRI2DestroyDrawable
XRequest.DRI2.5: DRI2GetBuffers XRequest.DRI2.5: DRI2GetBuffers
XRequest.DRI2.6: DRI2CopyRegion XRequest.DRI2.6: DRI2CopyRegion
XRequest.DRI2.7: DRI2GetBuffersWithFormat XRequest.DRI2.7: DRI2GetBuffersWithFormat
XRequest.DRI2.8: DRI2SwapBuffers XRequest.DRI2.8: DRI2SwapBuffers
XRequest.DRI2.9: DRI2GetMSC XRequest.DRI2.9: DRI2GetMSC
XRequest.DRI2.10: DRI2WaitMSC XRequest.DRI2.10: DRI2WaitMSC
XRequest.DRI2.11: DRI2WaitSBC XRequest.DRI2.11: DRI2WaitSBC
XRequest.DRI2.12: DRI2SwapInterval XRequest.DRI2.12: DRI2SwapInterval

2
src/util/mkks.sh
View file

@ -7,5 +7,5 @@ cat $* | awk 'BEGIN { \
/^#define/ { \ /^#define/ { \
len = length($2)-3; \ len = length($2)-3; \
printf("{ \"%s\", %s },\n", substr($2,4,len), $3); \ printf("{ \"%s\", %s },\n", substr($2,4,len), $3); \
}' }'

2
src/xlibi18n/lcGeneric.c
View file

@ -1061,7 +1061,7 @@ freeConversion(
/* ... */ /* ... */
Xfree(ctconv->convlist); Xfree(ctconv->convlist);
ctconv->convlist = NULL; ctconv->convlist = NULL;
Xfree(ctconv); Xfree(ctconv);
codeset->ctconv = NULL; codeset->ctconv = NULL;
} }

8
src/xlibi18n/lcUTF8.c
View file

@ -2228,7 +2228,7 @@ iconv_mbstowcs(XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
/* null ? */ /* null ? */
src++; src++;
src_left--; src_left--;
if (dst) if (dst)
*dst++ = L'\0'; *dst++ = L'\0';
dst_left--; dst_left--;
} }
@ -2265,20 +2265,20 @@ iconv_wcstombs(XlcConv conv, XPointer *from, int *from_left,
int dst_left = *to_left; int dst_left = *to_left;
int length, unconv_num = 0; int length, unconv_num = 0;
while (src_left > 0 && dst_left >= MB_CUR_MAX) { while (src_left > 0 && dst_left >= MB_CUR_MAX) {
length = wctomb(dst, *src); /* XXX */ length = wctomb(dst, *src); /* XXX */
if (length > 0) { if (length > 0) {
src++; src++;
src_left--; src_left--;
if (dst) if (dst)
dst += length; dst += length;
dst_left -= length; dst_left -= length;
} else if (length < 0) { } else if (length < 0) {
src++; src++;
src_left--; src_left--;
unconv_num++; unconv_num++;
} }
} }
*from = (XPointer) src; *from = (XPointer) src;

2
src/xlibi18n/lcUniConv/iso8859_9e.h
View file

@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ static const unsigned char iso8859_9e_page01_d[24] = {
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd8-0xdf */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, /* 0xd8-0xdf */
0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0xba, /* 0xe0-0xe7 */ 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xaa, 0xba, /* 0xe0-0xe7 */
}; };
static int static int
iso8859_9e_wctomb (conv_t conv, unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, int n) iso8859_9e_wctomb (conv_t conv, unsigned char *r, ucs4_t wc, int n)
{ {